T/2017/017: Design and Build Project for Off-Campus Co-Working Space

Transcription

1 Tender Notice T/2017/017: Design and Build Project for Off-Campus Co-Working Space Hong Kong Cyberport Management Company Limited ( HKCMCL ) invites interested parties to submit tender (T/2017/017) for the Design and Build Project for Off-Campus Co-Working Space. The scope of the tender is to design and build the vacant office at Unit 01-03&05-06 on 25/F, CDW Building, 388 Castle Peak Road, Tsuen Wan, New Territories, with the aim of converting it into a Co-Working Space. The approximate usable floor area is 1,410 sq.m.. The works include design works, general builder s works, building services works, IT/AV installation works and the supply and installation of office furniture. Interested parties with relevant experience shall properly complete their tenders by following the notes and instructions as stated in the enclosed tender document and place their tenders in the Tender Box situated at Units , Level 11, Cyberport 2, 100 Cyberport Road, Hong Kong, before 3:00 p.m. (Hong Kong Time) on 27 November 2017 ("the tender closing date"). All costs and expenses incurred for or in connection with any response to this invitation, including the preparation of any submission, shall be borne entirely by the party concerned without recourse to HKCMCL. Please note that submissions are being invited on a non-committal basis and this Invitation does not constitute any part of an offer by HKCMCL. HKCMCL is not bound to award any contract to any of those parties which have replied to this notice. Date of Issue: 8 November 2017

2 HONG KONG CYBERPORT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LIMITED ( 香港數碼港管理有限公司 ) BOOKLET CONTAINING: Part A Part B Part C Part D Part E Part F Part G Part H Notes to Tenderers Conditions of Tender Articles of Agreement Specification - Preliminaries Specification - Technical Particulars Drawing List Schedule of Rates Form of Tender FOR THE Tender of Design and Build Project for Off-Campus Co-Working Space for Hong Kong Cyberport Management Co. Ltd. (Tender Ref. T/2017/017) 8 th November 2017

3 Tender Ref. T/2017/017 PART A NOTES TO TENDERERS 1 TENDER DOCUMENT 1.1 The tender document consists of:- Part A Notes to Tenderers Part B Conditions of Tender Part C Articles of Agreement Part D Specification Preliminaries Part E Specification Technical Particulars Part F Drawing List Part G Schedule of Rates Part H Form of Tender 2 LODGING OF TENDER 2.1 This tender must be properly completed and addressed to the Chief Executive Officer, Hong Kong Cyberport Management Company Limited. Tenderers shall make three (3) duplicates of the tender and submit them together with the original tender. Total four (4) sets. The tender shall be placed in the Tender Box situated at Units , Level 11, Cyberport 2, 100 Cyberport Road, Hong Kong, before 3:00 p.m. (Hong Kong Time) on 27 November 2017 ("the tender closing date") in plain, sealed envelopes (without any identification of the name of the tenderer). "Envelope (A): Technical Proposal" Marked as:- Tender for Design and Build Project for Off-Campus Co-Working Space for HKCMCL (Tender Ref. T/2017/017) Envelope (A): Technical Proposal Envelope (A) shall contain the Technical Proposal only. It shall contain the original and 3 duplicates. "Envelope (B): Fee Proposal" Marked as:- Tender for Design and Build Project for Off-Campus Co-Working Space for HKCMCL (Tender Ref. T/2017/017) Envelope (B): Fee Proposal Envelope (B) shall contain Part G (Schedule of Rates) and Part H (Form of Tender) only. original and 3 duplicates. It shall contain the 2.2 Late tender or tender not submitted in accordance with the manner stipulated above, WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 3 TENDER CLOSING TIME IN CASE OF TYPHOON/RAINSTORM 3.1 In case a rainstorm black warning or typhoon signal No. 8 or above is hoisted between 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. (Hong Kong Time) on the tender closing date, the tender closing time will be extended to 3:00 p.m. Part A Page 1

4 Tender Ref. T/2017/017 (Hong Kong Time) on the next working day (excluding Saturday). 4 NOTES TO TENDERERS 4.1 All tenderers are advised to read the instructions contained herein carefully prior to preparing their tender submission. These instructions are conditions of tendering and any tender which does not follow these instructions will be considered non-compliance and may be disqualified. 5 TENDER BRIEFING / SITE VISIT SESSION 5.1 To ensure that the tender complies with the requirements of the tender document, a tender briefing/site visit session to Cyberport will be conducted by HKCMCL for the Tenderers on 15 November Tenderers are strongly recommended to attend this session. A maximum of 2 representatives from each Tenderer would be entertained for the site visit. Tenderers who wish to participate are requested to complete the reply slip for the site visit session of this Notes to Tenderers and it to procurement@cyberport.hk on or before 14 November In case a rainstorm black warning or typhoon signal No. 8 or above is hoisted or in force at or after 2:00 p.m. (Hong Kong Time) on 15 November 2017, the site visit will be cancelled and HKCMCL will notify the arrangement of the next site visit session to the Tenderers who have submitted the reply slip. 6 SCHEDULE OF TENDERING 6.1 The schedule of tender is set out below and any change to the schedule will be confirmed by to Tenderers. Activity Key Date Site Visit Session 15 November 2017 Questions raised by Tenderers 20 November 2017 (Last date) Date for lodging of tender 27 November SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION 7.1 All supplementary information to this tender will be posted on HKCMCL website in the Tender Notice section on or before 23 rd November Tenderers should check HKCMCL website regularly to ensure it receives the latest supplementary tender information. 8 TENDERERS' ENQUIRIES 8.1 Any enquiries from the tenderers relating to this tender document shall be in writing, clearly stating the tender reference T/2017/017 and shall be made on or before 20 November 2017 to: Manager Compliance and Procurement Units , Level 11, Cyberport 2, 100 Cyberport Road, Hong Kong Part A Page 2

5 Tender Ref. T/2017/017 or by fax : (+852) HKCMCL, at its discretion, may respond to all questions and be forwarded to all tenderers without reference to who raised the question(s). 8.2 After lodging a tender with HKCMCL, Tenderers shall not attempt to initiate any further contact, whether direct or indirect, with HKCMCL on its tender or this tender document. HKCMCL shall have the sole right to initiate any such further contact and all such contacts and any replies of Tenderers thereto shall be in writing or formally documented in writing. Part A Page 3

6 Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Reply slip for site visit session Head of Technical Services Units , Level 11, Cyberport 2, 100 Cyberport Road, Hong Kong REPLY SLIP and Tender for Design and Build Project for Off-Campus Co-Working Space for HKCMCL (Tender Ref. T/2017/017) Tender Briefing / Site Visit Session I/We would like to attend the site visit session held on 15 November 2017 (Wednesday), 3:30 p.m., at Unit 01-03&05-06 on 25/F, CDW Building, 388 Castle Peak Road, Tsuen Wan, New Territories and will first gather at the 1/F reception lobby. Person 1 Person 2 Full name of Attendee(s) (Mr./Mrs./Ms./Miss) (Mr./Mrs./Ms./Miss) Post/Title Signature of attendee(s) Name of company: Signature of authorised person: Full name (in block letters): address Telephone No. Fax No. Mobile phone No. Part A Page 4

7 Design and Build Project for Off-Campus Co-Working Space Tender Ref. T/2017/017 PART B CONDITIONS OF TENDER 1 INVITATION TO TENDER 1.1 Tenders are invited to the Design and Build Project for Off-Campus Co-Working Space for Hong Kong Cyberport Management Company Limited (HKCMCL) at Unit 01-03&05-06, 25/F, CDW Building, 388 Castle Peak Road, Tsuen Wan, New Territories, all in conformity with the Conditions of Contract, Drawings, Specification specified herein. 1.2 Tenderers are reminded that they must make proposals on ALL items. HKCMCL reserves the right to accept all or any part of the proposed items or services from tenderers. 1.3 All tenderers are advised to read the instructions contained herein carefully prior to preparing their tender submission. These instructions are conditions of tendering and any tender which does not follow these instructions will be considered incomplete and may be disqualified. 2 INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED 2.1 Tenderer shall submit the following information, which are essential requirements, together with the tender. Technical Proposal: 1. A work programme matching with the timeline in the tender document indicating the planned time slots and milestone dates for key design and work activities with the same completion date. 2. Schematic layout plan(s) indicating the following: enhanced layout plans and isometric drawings developed from the Design Intent drawing(s) by the Contractor; location of all the proposed cabinets, shelves, display/writing boards, other key fixed fixtures and equipment (FF&E) (Clearly indicate what items, if any, not to be provided by the tenderer but shown on the layout plans); location of any feature wall(s), key logo(s), glazed writable wall(s), dry walls of writable surfaces, notice boards, display areas, etc.; location of all proposed audio-video (AV) equipment, such as televisions, video conferencing equipment, capture (display) board, etc.; location and no. of all access card readers; location and no. of all CCTV(s). 3. A schedule showing the number and model of all the proposed AV, VC and computer equipment with unit rates. 4. A description of any design theme or concept or enhancement developed from the design intent drawings related to the co-working image and any environmental friendly materials to be used. 5. A schematic reflective ceiling plan indicating location of any suspended ceiling or special light features, such as spotlights, pendant lights, etc. proposed by the Contractor. 6. A schematic floor plan indicating location of different floor finishes and proposed preliminary design patterns. 7. A finishes schedule showing the proposed wall, floor and ceiling finishes. Part B Page 1

8 Design and Build Project for Off-Campus Co-Working Space Tender Ref. T/2017/ An isometric or axonometric view of the proposed layout. 9. Sample board or catalogues showing proposed key finishes or fittings. 10. Relevant information of the proposed furniture and equipment, such as trade catalogues, photographs, test reports, specifications, warranties, delivery time, etc. 11. Any relevant recent design & build job references or works with significant design input. Information, such as contract sum / floor area should be included. 12. A proposed project organization chart and CVs of key staff. 13. Business Registration Certificate. 14. Latest audited accounts supporting the company s updated financial status. 15. Statement of whether or not the Tenderer has had any legal case involved within the preceding twenty-four (24) months from the Tender Submission Date and details of such case. Fee Proposal: 1. Part G - Schedule of Rates (including a breakdown of the rates and prices for each item and a schedule showing the number and model of all the proposed AV, VC and computer equipment with unit rates). 2. Part H - Form of Tender The Contractor shall highlight any items which are deviated from the Employer s design intent with justifications in the tender submission. 2.2 The Contract shall be on the basis of lump sum fixed price for the execution of the Contract Works as shown on the Drawings, and described in the Specification. 2.3 The tenderer shall enclose with this tender the completed Schedules of Rates. 2.4 The items in the Schedules of Rates, together with their respective quantities (if any), are given in good faith as reflecting the quality and quantity of the work to be carried out under the Contract according to the Specification and Drawings. 2.5 The tenderer may accept the contents of the Schedules of Rates as correct or alternatively, make any alteration, addition or omission to the printed text of the Schedules according to its interpretation and/or calculations. Any alteration, addition or omission be made to the printed text of the Schedules must be initialed by the person who signs the Form of Tender. In case when alteration is being made to the printed quantity (if any) of the Schedules, such alteration shall be substantiated by detail calculation and be submitted together with this tender. Upon award of the Contract, the Schedules of Rates shall be deemed to be the tenderer s Schedules and will be regarded as firm and will not be subject to remeasurement or adjustment whatsoever otherwise than in accordance with the expressed provisions of the terms of the Contract. 2.6 The total of the Schedule must agree with the amounts carried to the Summary of Tender. Any items which are not included in the Schedule but shown on the Drawings or described in the Specification shall be deemed to have been included in the tender figure. The rates in the Schedule shall be used for the valuation of variations ordered by HKCMCL, but the quantities referred to in the Schedule shall not form part of the Contract Documents. 2.7 All quantities marked as Provisional and all Provisional Sums, Prime Cost Sums and Prime Cost Rates in the Schedules of Rates or the Summary of Tender will be adjusted in accordance with the expressed provisions of the terms of the Contract. No alteration, omission or addition to such provisional quantities, Provisional Sums, Prime Cost Sums, Prime Cost Rates and their related item descriptions shall be allowed. Part B Page 2

9 Design and Build Project for Off-Campus Co-Working Space Tender Ref. T/2017/ The Schedules of Rates are to be fully priced in ink, extended, cast and totaled and Form of Tender completed, signed, witnessed and dated. 2.9 Tenderers are informed that unauthorized alteration or erasure by them to the text of the documents issued for tender purpose will not be allowed and, if such alteration or erasure shall have been made, the tender may not be considered The tenderer shall be required to check the numbers of the pages of the Schedule of Rates against the page numbers given in the Summaries, and should the tenderer find any missing, in duplicate, or indistinct, the tenderer must inform HKCMCL at once and have the same rectified The tenderer is to note that there are a considerable number of identical items in the Schedules of Rates of different Works Package and these items should be priced consistently In the event of a tenderer discovering a genuine mistake in its tender after dispatch, the tenderer may draw attention in writing to the errors and submit an amendment which may be accepted provided it is received before the time fixed for the receipt of tenders Should any errors, discrepancies or apparent underpricings be discovered by HKCMCL, HKCMCL may query these in writing with the tenderer. Such query is not to indicate a proposal to change the tender price, the tenderer may offer only to stand by its tendered price or withdraw its tender. No query or series of queries shall be considered comprehensive. 3 COMPLETION OF TENDER 3.1 Tenderers shall provide ALL information for Paragraph 2 above and the Form of Tender in Part H in ink or typescript. 3.2 The tender and all accompanying documents shall be submitted in the manner stipulated at Paragraph 2 of Lodging of Tender in Part A (Notes to Tenderers). Otherwise, the tender may not be considered. 3.3 Tenderers shall offer to provide the Works hereof in total. Partial tender will not be considered. 4 TENDER TO REMAIN OPEN 4.1 Tender shall remain valid and open for acceptance on these terms for not less than 270 days after the tender closing date. N.B. If a tender is withdrawn before the expiry of the agreed validity period, due notice will be taken of such withdrawal which may prejudice the tenderer's future standing as HKCMCL s service provider. 5 TENDERERS' COMMITMENT 5.1 All quotations, information and responses from each Tenderer submitted shall form the basis of the Tenderer s offer and/or shall be the representations of the Tenderer which may by law or at HKCMCL's sole option, subject to such variation or modification as may be agreed, be incorporated into and made part of the Contract between HKCMCL and the successful Tenderer. 5.2 No exclusion or limitation on the effect of the requirement under Paragraph 5.1 will be accepted and all such tenders will be regarded as non-conforming tender. Part B Page 3

10 Design and Build Project for Off-Campus Co-Working Space Tender Ref. T/2017/017 6 SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION 6.1 All supplementary information to this tender will be posted on HKCMCL website in the Tender Notice section on or before 23 rd November Tenderers should check HKCMCL website regularly to ensure it receives the latest supplementary tender information. 7 COMMUNICATION WITH HKCMCL 7.1 Only communications which are in writing from HKCMCL may be considered as duly authorized expressions on behalf of HKCMCL. Also only communications from tenderers which are in writing will be considered by HKCMCL as duly authorized communications on behalf of the tenderer. All communications connected with or arising out of this tender should be conducted directly between HKCMCL and the tenderer irrespective of the number of sub-contractors involved. 7.2 In the event that HKCMCL determines that clarification of any matter in a tender is necessary, it may require clarification from the tenderer in which event a tenderer should respond or submit information within 3 working days or the period specified in the request. 8 TENDER EVALUATION 8.1 For tender evaluation, an assessment panel will be formed. 8.2 The assessment panel will assess the tender based on the following evaluation procedures and criteria: Stage 1 Detailed Evaluation of the Technical Proposals of the Tenderers A maximum technical score of 30 will be allocated to the Technical Proposal in which the highest mark is attained. The following marking scheme for technical assessment will be used for evaluating the tender offers. Marking Scheme and Assessment Criteria TS1 Assessment Criteria Maximum Marks Technical Score 30 (Passing mark: 18) Design Concept Presentation & Submission 12 Proposed design meeting requirements and detailed explanation on each item and other good & practical suggestions which will enhance the design. TS2 TS3 TS4 Overall Aesthetics Provide excellent design dealing with the nature of beauty, art, taste and compatibility with the surrounding areas Furniture, Material Submission and Durability Provide material sample/catalogue with detailed specification on each item and other optional items which will enhance the design. Provide good choice and environmentally friendly materials with a long usable life. Project Organization Chart Proposed details including a clear organization chart with dedicated and appropriate manpower support on site and competent design team members Part B Page 4

11 Design and Build Project for Off-Campus Co-Working Space Tender Ref. T/2017/017 TS5 Relevant project references in the past 5 years Provide details including contract sum, approx. floor area, etc. of at least two relevant sizable design and build project references preferably related to modern/stylish/co-working office fitting out projects. 2 Price Score 70 Total Maximum Score 100 Tenderers may be invited to present their proposals to the Tender Assessment Panel. HKCMCL will inform the Tenderers of the arrangement for such presentation (if required) and the Tenderers are prepared to present their proposals within 3 working days from receiving the notice. Only those Technical Proposals that attain: a) an average 18 marks or above (determined by adding the aggregate total of Technical Scores awarded by all assessors in the assessment panel, dividing that number by total number of assessors); AND b) at least 50% votes in the assessment panel awarded a passing mark (i.e. 18 marks or above). will be short-listed for further evaluation in Stage 2. Stage 2 Evaluation of the Technical Proposals of the Short-listed Tenderers The weighted technical score of the Technical Proposal will be worked out in accordance with the following formula: 30 x Mark attained by the technical proposal being assessed Highest mark among the technical proposals that have passed Stage 1 above Stage 3 Evaluation of Price Scores A maximum price score of 70 will be allocated to the Fee Proposal in which the highest mark is attained. The weighted price score of the Fee Proposal will be worked out in accordance with the following formula: 70 x Lowest price among the fee proposals that have passed Stage 1 and Stage 2 above Price of the fee proposal being assesed Stage 4 Calculation of Combined Scores The combined technical/price score for the short-listed proposals will be worked out. The tender proposal with the highest combined score will normally be selected, subject to financial vetting. 9 AWARD OF CONTRACT 9.1 The award will be made to the tenderer who appears to HKCMCL to be fully capable of undertaking the contract and whose tender is determined by HKCMCL to be the most advantageous one in terms of the specific evaluation criteria set forth in the tender document. 9.2 Tenderers shall acknowledge that HKCMCL does not bind itself to accept any tender (or any application Part B Page 5

12 Design and Build Project for Off-Campus Co-Working Space Tender Ref. T/2017/017 for prequalification, as appropriate) irrespective of whether the tender is the lowest bid or, where the assessment of the tenders is based on a marking scheme or formula approach, the tender has the highest overall mark. 9.3 Without prejudice to the generality of other Conditions of Tender, HKCMCL may reject a tender which in the opinion of HKCMCL is unreasonably low in terms of price and may therefore affect the tenderer s capability to carry out and complete the Contract and/or deliver services of the quality required in accordance with the terms of the Contract. 9.4 Unless and until the Articles of Agreement in this tender document has been executed there is to be no contract between HKCMCL and any Tenderer. 9.5 These conditions of tender shall form part of the Contract Documents after award of Contract. 10 COST OF TENDER 10.1 Tenderer shall submit its offer at the tenderer s own cost. HKCMCL will not be liable for any costs whatsoever incurred by the tenderer in connection with the preparation or submission of its tender or in any related communications with HKCMCL, whether before or after the tender closing date. 11 CANCELLATION OF TENDER 11.1 HKCMCL may withhold awarding a contract or cancel a tender at its sole discretion. 12 PERSONAL DATA PROVIDED 12.1 Tenderer s personal data provided in the tender will be used for tender evaluation and contract award purposes. If insufficient and inaccurate information is provided, the tender may not be considered Tenderer s personal data provided in the tender may be disclosed to the parties responsible for tender evaluation within HKCMCL and its advisers. 13 CONSENT TO DISCLOSURE 13.1 HKCMCL shall have the right to disclose to any third party whenever it considers appropriate or upon request by any third party (written or otherwise), without further reference to or consent from the successful tenderer or any other tenderer, information contained in the tender documents, including, without limitation, particulars of the awarded contract, the date of award, the name and address of the successful tenderer, the scope of work and the contract amount. 14 NEGOTIATION 14.1 HKCMCL reserves the right to negotiate with any tenderer about the terms of the tenderer s offer. 15 RESERVED RIGHTS 15.1 HKCMCL reserves the right at its discretion to: (a) Waive, modify, add to, or correct any irregularities in proposals received, after prior notification to the tenderer. (b) Use without limitation any or all of the ideas from the submitted tender. (c) Extend the time allowed for the submission for all Proposals after notification to all tenderers. Part B Page 6

13 Design and Build Project for Off-Campus Co-Working Space Tender Ref. T/2017/017 (d) Terminate or modify the tender document at any time and re-issue the tender document to whoever deemed appropriate. 16 OFFERING GRATUITIES 16.1 HKCMCL is a public body under the Prevention of Bribery Ordinance, Cap 201 (the "POB Ordinance"). HKCMCL does not permit any of its employees, consultants, officers and agents to accept any advantage in connection with the award and execution of this contract. The offer of an advantage as defined in the POB Ordinance to any employees, consultants, officers and agents of HKCMCL with a view to influencing the award of this contract may constitute an offence under the POB Ordinance. The tenderer shall not, and shall procure that its employees, agents and sub-contractors shall not, offer, solicit or accept an advantage as defined in the POB Ordinance in connection with the tendering and execution of this contract Failure to so procure or any act of offering, soliciting or accepting advantage referred to in Paragraph 16.1 above committed by the tenderer or by an employee, agent or sub-contractor of the tenderer shall, without affecting the tenderer s liability for such failure and act, result in its tender being invalidated. 17 WARRANTY AGAINST COLLUSION 17.1 By submitting a tender, a tenderer is deemed to have represented and warranted to HKCMCL that in relation to the tender: a) save with the prior written consent of HKCMCL, it has not communicated and will not communicate to any person other than HKCMCL the amount of any price submitted in its tender; b) it has not fixed and will not fix the amount of any price submitted in its tender by arrangement with any person; c) it has not made and will not make any arrangement with any person as to whether it or that other person will or will not submit a tender; and d) it has not otherwise colluded and will not otherwise collude with any person in any manner whatsoever in the tendering process In the event that a tenderer is in breach of any of the representations and/or warranties in Paragraph 17.1, HKCMCL shall be entitled to, without compensation to any person or liability on the part of HKCMCL: a) reject the tenderer s tender; b) if HKCMCL has accepted the tender, withdraw its acceptance of the tender; and c) if HKCMCL has entered into the Contract with the tenderer, terminate the Contract By submitting a tender, a tenderer is regarded to have undertaken to indemnify and keep indemnified HKCMCL against all losses, damages, costs or expenses arising out of or in relation to any breach of any of the representations and/or warranties in Paragraph A breach by a tenderer of any of the representations and/or warranties in Paragraph 17.1 may prejudice its future standing as a contractor or service provider of HKCMCL Paragraph 17.1 shall have no application to a tenderer s communications in strict confidence with its own insurers or brokers to obtain an insurance quotation for computation of the prices quoted in its tender, or with its professional advisers, consultants or sub-contractors to solicit their assistance in preparation of its tender The rights of HKCMCL under paragraphs 17.2 to 17.4 are in addition to and without prejudice to any other rights or remedies available to it against any tenderer. Part B Page 7

14 Design and Build Project for Off-Campus Co-Working Space Tender Ref. T/2017/ EXISTING OPERATOR / SERVICE PROVIDER 18.1 Existing operator / service provider is not debarred from bidding for this tender. No favourable treatment will be given to the existing operator / service provider by reason of its involvement in Cyberport. Part B Page 8

15 HONG KONG CYBERPORT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LIMITED ( 香港數碼港管理有限公司 ) Part C Articles of Agreement for Design and Build Project for Off-Campus Co-Working Space for Hong Kong Cyberport Management Co. Ltd. (Tender Ref. T/2017/017)

16 ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is made on the day of 2017 between HONG KONG CYBERPORT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LIMITED ( 香港數碼港管理有限公司 ) of Units , Level 11, Cyberport 2, 100 Cyberport Road, Hong Kong (together with its successors and assigns, the Employer ) of the one part and [Company name in English and in Chinese] of [address], a company incorporated in and in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong ( the Contractor ) of the other part. Whereas the Employer is desirous of the Main Contractor to carry out Design and Build Works to Off-Campus Co-Working Space ( the Works ) at Unit 01-03&05-06 on 25/F, CDW Building, 388 Castle Peak Road, Tsuen Wan, New Territories, and has caused Drawings and Specifications showing and describing the work to be done to be prepared by or under the direction of the Employer. And Whereas the said Drawings as enumerated within the drawing list ( the Drawings ) and the Specification ( the Specification ) have been signed by or on behalf of the parties hereto And Whereas the Contractor has made an estimate of the sum which he will require for carrying out the said work; NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:- 1. For the consideration hereinafter mentioned the Contractor will upon and subject to the Conditions annexed hereto carry out and complete the Works shown upon the Drawings and described by or referred to in the Specification and in the said Conditions. 2. The Employer will pay to the Contractor the sum of Hong Kong Dollars (HK$ ) ( the Contract Sum ) or such other sum as shall become payable hereunder at the times and in the manner specified in the said Conditions. Part C Page 1

17 IN WITNESS whereof this Agreement has been executed on the day and year first above written. SIGNED BY For and on behalf of ) the Employer ) ) ) in the presence of:- (Authorised Signatory) SIGNED BY ) For and on behalf of ) the Contractor ) ) ) in the presence of:- (Authorised Signatory) Part C Page 2

18 HONG KONG CYBERPORT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LIMITED ( 香港數碼港管理有限公司 ) Part D Specification Preliminaries Design and Build Project for Off-Campus Co-Working Space for Hong Kong Cyberport Management Co. Ltd. (Tender Ref. T/2017/017) Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D

19 Part D: Specification Preliminaries Table of Contents 1 GENERALLY DEFINITIONS Definitions Calculation of periods CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT Conditions of Contract Appendix to the Standard Conditions of Contract Amendments to the Standard Conditions of Contract SCOPE OF WORK General Design Development Fit-out Work THE SITE Location Site Restrictions Use of Site Drawing etc. at Site Working Hours Restriction Contractor's Toilet Dimensions POSSESSION AND COMPLETION Possession of the Site Requirements on the arrangement of construction Notices for inspections Practical Completion Snagging and remedial work prior to Practical Completion Completion of outstanding work and defect rectification after the issue of a Certificate of Practical Completion Practical Completion and release of retention money STATUTORY OBLIGATIONS Regulations Notices, Fees and Charges Working Hours, Rates of Wages etc Noise Control Illegal Immigrants Safety Supervisor and Site Safety Supervision EMPLOYEE S COMPENSATION INSURANCE MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP General Setting out Compliance with Regulations Samples, Specimen, Finishes, etc Choice of material Testing and Inspection of Materials and Equipment Non-conforming work Materials and prefabricated items Safe Custody of Materials Lifts and Delivery of Materials Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page i

20 10 TEMPORARY WORKS Plant, Tools, Sheds Scaffolding (double layers), Hoarding, Screens, etc Temporary Lighting & Power Water for the Works Contractor s Storage Sheds, Workshops and Offices Restriction of Advertising PROGRAMME OF WORK General TENDER, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION Discrepancies No adjustment for rises or falls in cost of labour and materials Schedule of Rates Ordering materials etc. from the Schedule of Rates Method of Measurement Construction drawings, Shop-drawings, as fitted and co-ordination drawings etc Employer s review of shop drawings, co-ordination drawings and samples Method Statement Final as-built documents, Record drawings, test reports, maintenance manuals Dimensions RECORDS AND REPORTS Daily Record Progress Reports Photo Records MAIN CONTRACTOR S ATTENDANCE UPON OTHERS CONTRACTORS ENGAGED BY THE EMPLOYER SAFETY AND PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES Disturbance to Occupants of Neighboring Property, etc Protect of Public and Repair of Damages to Adjoining Properties Site Safety Use of Materials Use of Chemical Fire Trespass SITE MANAGEMENT Good Order Foreman in Charge Contractor s Personnel Site co-ordination meeting Site Security Protection and Cleaning of All Trades Cleaning Windows During the Course of the Works Environmental Conditions Debris during the Progress of the Works CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION Organization Site Instructions Contingency Remedy on Contractor s Failure to Carry Out Work Required EMERGENCY WORK SERVICES RULE OF THE FACILITIES MANAGER Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page ii

21 1 GENERALLY 1.1 The preliminary items included hereunder except otherwise specified shall apply to the whole of the Works carried out under this Contract including all variations to the Contract. The tender sum shall be deemed to include for all costs in connection with such preliminary items, overheads, supervision and other expenses. 1.2 The priced Schedule of Rates must not be regarded as a complete statement of everything included in the Contract. The Main Contractor must include for all work shown or described on the Tender Documents as a whole or apparent as being necessary for the complete and proper execution of the Works. 1.3 Any price entered in these Preliminaries shall be at the risk of the Main Contractor and no adjustment will be made at the settlement of accounts. 1.4 The documents forming the Contract are to be taken as mutually explanatory and any sum inserted here shall be deemed to cover the complete requirements of the Conditions of Contract, Specification or Drawings. 1.5 In the event of the amount inserted against an item in these Preliminaries for which whole payment or substantially whole payment would normally be made at the outset of the Contract (e.g. insurance) being higher than the amount which the Main Contractor can substantiate, payment for the excess amount will be effected over the period of the Contract. 1.6 Payment for amounts inserted against time related items in these Preliminaries such as overtime, plant, foreman, watching etc. will be effected over the period of the Contract in the same proportion as the value of Main Contractor's work (excluding Preliminaries). 2 DEFINITIONS 2.1 Definitions (a) Employer Wherever the term Employer is used it refers to Hong Kong Cyberport Management Company Ltd. (also referred to as HKCMCL ) (b) Architect Wherever the term Architect is used it refers to HKCMCL (c) Building Services Engineer Wherever the term Building Services Engineer is used it refers to such representative on Site as may be appointed by the Employer. (d) Quantity Surveyor Wherever the term Quantity Surveyor is used it refers to HKCMCL (e) Resident Engineer / Clerk of Works Wherever the term Resident Engineer or Clerk of Works is used it refers to such representative on Site as may be appointed by the Employer. (f) Landlord Wherever the term Landlord is used it refers to CDW Building Limited (g) Facility Manager Wherever the term Facility Manager is used it refers to HKR Limited (also referred to as HKRL ) (h) Sub-Contractor Wherever the term Sub-Contractor is used it refers to the person or company who is employed by the Main Contractor and approved by the Employer for the execution and completion of the works as Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 1

22 (i) Specialist / Separate Contractor described in these documents. Wherever the term Specialist / Separate Contractor is used it refers to the person or company who is employed directly by the Employer for the execution of the works which do not form part of the Contract Works. (j) Fit-out Guidelines Wherever the term the Fit-out Guidelines is used it refers to the CDW Building Office s House Rules (with Fit Out Guide incorporated) attached as Appendix A to this Specification Preliminaries. Whenever the term Tenant(s) is used in the Fit-out Guidelines which relate to the scope of the Works, it refers to the Main Contractor. (k) Site The land and other places on, under, in or through which the work is to be executed and any other areas designated as storage or work areas. (l) Approved Approved in writing by the Employer. (m) B.S. Reference to British Standards (B.S.) in the contract documents are to the latest standards published by the British Standards Institution, 389 Chiswick High Road, London W4 4AL United Kingdom. (n) C.P. The latest British Standard Code of Practice at the time of tendering, including any amendments thereto, and as issued by the Council for Codes of Practice for Building, of Lambeth Bridge Road, London, S.E.l. (o) Regulations Regulations shall mean any Ordinance or Regulation published by Government, by laws of any local or duly constituted authority any rules or regulations of public bodies and companies which may be applicable to the Works. (p) Month The term month shall be regarded as meaning a Gregorian calendar month. (q) Day The term day shall be regarded as meaning a Gregorian calendar day. (r) Specification Wherever the term Specification is used in the tender document, it refers to the Preliminaries, Technical Specification and Technical Particulars attached hereto and any further specifications furnished to the Main Contractor as the Contract Works proceed. Unless otherwise stated in the aforesaid Specification, the Main Contractor shall carry out the Contract Works in compliance with the latest General Specification including any amendments thereto in respect of:- Building works: General Specification for Building issued by Architectural Services Department, HKSAR Electrical installation: General Specification for Electrical Installation in Government Buildings, HKSAR Air conditioning installation: General Specification of Material and Workmanship for the Air Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 2

23 Conditioning, Refrigeration Ventilation and Central Monitoring and Control System Installation in Government Buildings, HKSAR Fire services works: General Specification for Fire Services Installation in Government Buildings, HKSAR 2.2 Calculation of periods Where any periods of days or weeks are mentioned in these documents, they shall be taken to mean Gregorian calendar days or weeks inclusive of all holidays, Sundays and days of typhoon and inclement weather. 3 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 3.1 Conditions of Contract The Articles of Agreement shall be the Part C: Articles of Agreement for Design and Build Project for Off Campus Co-Working Space contained in the tender document. The Conditions of Contract shall be the conditions referred in Agreement and Schedule of Conditions of Building Contract for use in Hong Kong, Private Edition (Without Quantities), First RICS (HK Branch) Edition 1986, Second amendments published July The Main Contractor must acquaint himself with the Conditions of Contract with its Appendix as neglect of failure on his part to do so will not relieve him from complying with the said conditions or any part hereof. 3.2 Appendix to the Standard Conditions of Contract The following particulars will be inserted/added in the Appendix to the Conditions of Contract: Clause Defects Liability Period 15,16 and months from the Date of Practical Completion Date for Possession 21 Within three (3) days of the Employer s written instruction to commence the Works Date for Completion 21 Within thirteen (13) weeks of the Employer s written instruction to commence the Design and Build Works Liquidated & Ascertained Damages 22 At the rate of HK$15,000 per calendar day Period of Delay 26(1)(c) (a) (b) by reason of sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) or (iii) by reason of sub-paragraphs (iv), (v), (vi) or (vii) 3 months 3 months Prime cost sums for which the Main Contractor desires to tender 27(g) Not Applicable Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 3

24 Period of Interim Certificates 30(1) One month Period of Honouring Certificates 30(1) 30 calendar days from presentation Percentage of Certified Value Retained 30(3) Ten percent (10%) of the certified value of the Main Contractor s Works Limit of Retention Fund 30(3) Five percent (5%) of the Contract Sum (to the nearest one thousand dollars) Period of Final Measurement and Valuation 30(5) twelve (12) months from the Date of Practical Completion Amount of Surety Bond 31 Not Applicable Percentage Labour Content 36(3) Not Applicable 3.3 Amendments to the Standard Conditions of Contract The Conditions of Contract shall be deemed to be the Standard Conditions of Contract as completed by the above section of this Preliminaries of the Contract and as amended by this section of Preliminaries of the Contract notwithstanding that the Standard Conditions of Contract may have been signed by the parties in an incompleted and/or unamended form Clause 1 Main Contractor s Obligations Replace the whole of sub-clause 1(1) by the following: The Main Contractor shall upon and subject to these Conditions design (to the extent required by the Contract), carry out, take full responsibility for the care of, complete and maintain the Works shown upon the Drawings and described by or referred to in the Contract Document and in these Conditions in every respect to the satisfaction of the Employer, including but not limited to the following: a) Prepare outline and detailed programmes illustrating the sequence and timing of the various sections of the Works indicating the critical dates for design information, approvals, selection and ordering of plant, materials and goods. b) Monitor and update programmes and reports on the progress of all stages of design, and construction of the Works in order to facilitate re-programming and early resolution of problems and identify reasonable and practicable measures in order to avoid or minimise delay and unnecessary cost to the Employer. c) Co-ordinate and liaise with all Sub-Contractors and with contractors and others engaged by the Employer in executing work not forming part of this Contract, co-ordinate the interface to works with one another and provide all relevant information to facilitate the timely and satisfactory completion of the Works. d) Notify the Employer in writing of any instructions, drawings, details or levels which may be required in sufficient time to ensure that the ordering of materials and execution of the Works proceeds in accordance with the agreed programme. e) Co-ordinate, supervise and secure the rectification of defects and other-faults and the commissioning of all installations. f) Design all temporary work for which the Employer has not provided a design and of any permanent works required by the Contract Documents to be designed by the Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 4

25 Main Contractor for submission to the Employer, and amendment of same as necessary to obtain approval from the Buildings Department and the Employer Clause 4 Statutory Obligations, Notices, Fees and Charges Add the following clause after Sub-clause 4(2): - The Employer and the Main Contractor do not intend any term of this Contract to be enforceable by any person who is not a party to this Contract pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance (Cap. 623) (the "Ordinance"), and the Employer and the Main Contractor agree that this Contract shall be excluded from the application of the Ordinance Clause 6 Materials, Goods and Workmanship to Conform to Description, Testing and Inspection Add the following clause after Sub-clause 6(3): - The Main Contractor shall notify the Employer in writing before work is covered up and give him at least two full working days notice to inspect it. Unless the Main Contractor does so, no charge shall be incurred by the Employer for opening up, testing and making good (if required) nor will any extension of time be granted in this respect. Add the following in Sub-clause 6(4): The words in his opinion between the words which and are Clause 11 Variations, Provisional and Prime Cost Sums Add the following at the end of Sub-clause 11(4)(b): For a fair valuation to be made, the Main Contractor shall provide all supportive documentation as may reasonably be required by the Employer to make such fair valuation, and this shall be provided by the Main Contractor within fourteen (14) days of the Employer s formal request. Add the following at the end of Sub-clause 11(6): The written application by the Main Contractor shall include a fully detailed and substantiated claim showing the build-up of such loss and/or expense claimed by the Main Contractor and shall be made within fourteen (14) days of the commencement of the event giving rise to such loss and/or expense. Any lapse of time longer than one month shall be deemed to be an unreasonably distant time for the above stated purpose and the Main Contractor shall be deemed to have waived his rights to such claim. The provision of the fully detailed and substantiated build-up at the time the written application is submitted is a prerequisite for any claim under this heading being accepted for consideration. Notification only of a future intention to submit a claim under this heading will not be accepted as complying with the requirements of this clause. Add the following Sub-clause 11(7): a) The Main Contractor may submit alternative designs and/or materials for the Works which shall comply with the Specification and shall result in a net saving to the Employer when compared with the conforming design and the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly. b) Any element of the Works redesigned shall be submitted together with schedule of quantities and rates subject to a lump sum quotation accepted by the Employer prior Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 5

26 to the Work being executed. No remeasurement of quantities shall be made for such element and no revaluation of the quotation will be allowed. c) The alternative design shall be approved by the Employer and the Buildings Department and other statutory bodies having responsibility for such Works. The Main Contractor shall allow in his programme and within the Contract Period for all the time that will be required for approval and consent by the Employer and the Authorities. d) The Main Contractor shall be responsible for any delay caused either in producing an acceptable design or in gaining approval and consent by the Employer and the Authorities to such a design. e) All additional costs necessitated by reason of the alternative design including inter alia, design and checking fees for consultants, fees for submission to statutory authorities, additional testing and inspection fees shall be borne by the Main Contractor. f) Where in the Contract a choice of alternative materials or designs is indicated for a given purpose, the Main Contractor may adopt any of the alternatives and if in the course of the Contract he wishes to change from one material or design to another he may do so provided that prior approval and permission of the Employer is given. The description included and the sum inserted in the Schedule of Rates shall be deemed to cover any of the permitted alternative materials or designs which the Main Contractor may elect to provide or use. Where the Main Contractor elects to provide alternative materials, methods or details to those included on the Drawings and in the Specification and includes for same in his Tender Sum, but which are later disapproved by the Employer, then the Main Contractor shall be bound to provide the original materials, methods or details as indicated in the Specification or on the Drawings at the same amounts allowed in the Contract Sum for the alternatives. g) The approval of the alternative materials or designs shall be at the Employer s sole discretion and the Employer shall not be obliged to consider or approve any alternative nor will the Employer be obliged to provide any reasons for the rejection or such alternatives. h) In any event, the Main Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional cost or time extension due to the approval or disapproval of alternative materials or designs by the Employer. i) Any approval or disapproval of alternatives shall not relieve any of the Main Contractor s obligations required under the Contract Clause 12 Quality and Quantity of the Works From Sub-clause 12(1) delete the words: but save as aforesaid nothing contained in the Drawings or the Specifications shall override, modify, or affect in any way whatsoever the application or interpretation of that which is contained in these Conditions Clause 15 Practical Completion and Defects Liability Add the following after Sub-clause 15(5): (6) If in the opinion of the Employer it is more suitable and beneficial that remedial work in making good defects is carried out by others, the Main Contractor shall undertake to reimburse the Employer the cost of carrying out such remedial work by others or the Employer has the right to deduct such cost from payments due to the Main Contractor. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 6

27 (7) The Main Contractor shall be liable for, and shall indemnify the Employer against, any expense, liability, loss, claim or proceedings whatsoever arising as a result of mis-alignment, deviation from specified tolerances and/or overbreak, and/or non-compliance with requirements of any element of the Works. (8) If the Main Contractor shall fail to make good any defect, shrinkage or other fault as aforesaid due to his own reasons the Employer shall be entitled to carry out such work by his own workmen or by other contractors and if such work is part of the Works which the Main Contractor should have carried out at the Main Contractor s own cost the Employer shall be entitled to recover from the Main Contractor the cost thereof or may deduct the same from any monies due or that become due to the Main Contractor Clause 16 Sectional Completion Replace the whole of sub-clause (b) by the following: For the purposes of sub-clauses (2), (3) and (5) of Clause 15 of these Conditions, Practical Completion of the relevant part shall be deemed to have occurred and the Defects Liability Period in respect of the relevant part shall be deemed to have commenced on the date of the Certificate of Practical Completion thereof. Add the following wordings between the words Sub-clause (3) and of Clause 15 in Sub-clause (c): Sub-clause (6), Sub-clause (8) Delete Sub-clauses (d) and (f). When in the opinion of the Employer any defects, shrinkages or other faults in the relevant part which he may have required to be made good under Sub-clause (2), Sub-clause (3), Sub-clauses (6) and (8) of Clause 15 of these Conditions shall have been made good he shall issue a certificate to that effect. For the avoidance of doubt, the Contract shall always be read and construed as if all necessary amendments had been made to the documents to allow for completion of the Works in stages Clause 17 Assignment or Sub-letting Replace the whole of Sub-clause 17(1)(b) by the following: The Main Contractor shall not assign the Contract. Replace the whole of Sub-clause 17(2)(a) by the following: The Main Contractor shall not sub-let the whole or any portion of the Works without the written consent of the Employer whether on the basis of the provision by sub-contractor of labour and materials or by the provision of labour only on a piece-work basis. Notwithstanding that where the Employer has given the written consent as aforesaid the Employer shall be entitled to prohibit any sub-contractor and shall have full power to remove any sub-contractor from the Works Clause 18 Injury to Persons and Property and Employer s Indemnity Replace the whole of Clause 18(1) by the following: The Main Contractor shall be liable for, and shall indemnify the Employer against any expense, liability, loss, claim or proceedings whatsoever arising under any statute or at common law in respect of personal injury to or death of any person whomsoever arising out Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 7

28 of or in the course of or caused by the carrying out of the Works, unless due to any act or neglect of the Employer or of any person for whom the Employer is responsible. From Clause 18(2) delete the words: Except for such loss or damage as is at the risk of the Employer under Clause 20(B) of these Conditions (if applicable) Clause 19 Insurance against Injury to Persons and Property It is expressly agreed that sub-clause 19(1)(a) of the Conditions shall be deleted and the following be added as sub-clause 19(1)(a):- a) Without prejudice to the Main Contractor s liability to indemnify the Employer under Clause 18 of these Conditions, effective Contractor s All Risks (CAR) and Third Party Liabilities (TPL) Insurances shall be effected by the Main Contractor in the joint names of the Employer, the Landlord, the Management Office, the Main Contractor and his subcontractors as the insured during the fit out period and the defect liability period. The minimum insurance coverage shall not be less than HK$20,000, for any one occurrence of loss or damage and unlimited in amount for the period of insurance. The Main Contractor s attention is drawn to Clause 18 of the Conditions which sets out his contractual obligations to indemnify the Employer against certain expense, liability, loss, claim or proceedings. If the Main Contractor considers the abovementioned limit of indemnity for any one occurrence of loss or damage to be inadequate to cover these contractual obligations he is at liberty to take out a policy with an increased limit of indemnity but any additional premium or differential in premium shall be at his own expense. The Public Liability policy shall contain a Cross-Liability clause as between the Employer and the Main Contractor, it shall cover the Contract period plus the Defects Liability Period and until no further work is carried out on Site. The policy shall be extended if the Contract period is extended or a delay occurs. Such policy shall be subject to the approval of the Employer both as regards the identity of the insurer and sufficiency of cover and the Main Contractor shall deposit with the Employer the policy and the receipts in respect of premiums paid, prior to commencement of work. Clauses 19(1)(b) and (c) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the insurance required to be effected pursuant to this clause. The Main Contractor shall furnish a letter from the Insurance Company confirming that the policies comply fully with the Contract Conditions and these Preliminaries clauses. It is expressly agreed that Clause 19(2) of the Conditions shall be deleted Clause 20 Insurance of the Works against Fire, etc. It is expressly agreed that Clause 20 of the Conditions shall be deleted and the following be added as Clause 20:- The Main Contractor shall maintain in the joint names of the Employer, the Landlord, the Management Office, the Main Contractor and his Sub-Contractors, Specialist Sub-Contractors, Nominated Sub-Contractors, Direct Contractors as may be applicable and their respective sub-contractors, an effective Contractor s All Risks (CAR) Insurances or insurances against loss or damage by fire, lightning, explosion, storm, typhoon, flood bursting or overflowing of water tanks, apparatus or pipes, earthquake, aircraft and other aerial devices or articles dropped therefrom and riot and civil commotion for the full value thereof, plus four percent to cover professional fees, all work executed and all unfixed materials and goods delivered to, placed on or adjacent to the Works. In any case, the insured amount should not be less than HK$10,000, The Main Contractor shall Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 8

29 cover the period from the commencement of the Main Contract until and shall maintain the insurance until one month after the Practical Completion of the Works Clause 21 Possession, Completion and Postponement Add the following at the end of Clause 21: (3) The Employer, or the Clerk of Works/Resident Engineer with the express delegation of authority from the Employer may issue instructions suspending or stopping all work or any part of the Works for such time or times and in such manner as they may consider necessary. a) by reason of weather conditions affecting the safety or quality of the Works or any part thereof, or b) by reason of default on the part of the Main Contractor for not complying with the Employer s Specification, Drawings and Instructions, and/or Statutory or relevant Government Authorities requirements. c) by reason of the carrying out of the Works by the Main Contractor and/or his Sub-Contractors which in the opinion of the Employer endangers or undermines the safety of adjoining or other buildings, streets or structures, either totally or partially. d) by reason of insufficient measures being taken by the Main Contractor to abate noise and dust pollution during the carrying out of the Works so as to avoid unreasonable nuisance to the occupants of neighboring and adjoining buildings. The Main Contractor shall upon such written instruction suspend and stop the progress of the Works or any part thereof for such time and in the manner as contained in such instruction, and shall during such suspension or stop work properly protect and secure the Works to the Employer s reasonable satisfaction. All costs incurred in connection with the suspension or stop work instruction shall be borne by the Main Contractor and no extension of time will be granted in this respect unless otherwise provided for elsewhere in the Contract. No claim for loss/expenses will be entertained in connection with such stop work instruction Clause 23(b) Extension of Time for Inclement Weather It is expressly agreed that this sub-clause is deleted from the Contract Clause 23(c) Extension of Time for Damage caused by Fire, etc. It is expressly agreed that this sub-clause is deleted and replaced by the following sub-clause: by reason of loss or damage occasioned by any one or more of the following contingencies, viz, fire, lightning, explosion, storm, typhoon, flood, bursting or overflowing of water tanks, apparatus or pipes, earthquake, aircraft and other aerial devices or articles dropped therefrom, riot and civil commotion Clause 23(g) Extension of Time of Delay on the part of Nominated Sub-Contractors or Nominated Suppliers It is expressly agreed that this sub-clause is deleted from the Contract Clause 23 Extension of Time Add the following at the end of Clause 23: The written notice of delay shall be given to the Employer within period of seven (7) days after the commencement of the event causing the delay. Any lapse of time longer than Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 9

30 fourteen days in giving such written notice shall be deemed to be an unreasonably distant time for the above stated purpose and the Main Contractor shall be deemed to have waived his rights to an extension of time for the reasons set out in this Condition. It is expressly agreed that Sub-clause 23(j) is deleted from the Contract Clause 24 Loss and Expense Caused by Disturbance of Regular Progress of the Works Add the following at the end of Sub-clause 24(1): The written application by the Main Contractor shall include a fully detailed and substantiated claim showing the build-up of such loss and/or expense claimed by the Main Contractor and shall be made within one month of the commencement of the event giving rise to such loss and/or expense. Any lapse of time longer than one month shall be deemed to be an unreasonably distant time for the above stated purpose and the Main Contractor shall be deemed to have waived his right to such claim. The provision of the fully detailed and substantiated build-up at the time the written application is submitted is a prerequisite for any claim under this heading being accepted for consideration. Notification only of a future intention to submit a claim under this heading will not be accepted as complying with the requirements of this clause Clause 26(1)(c)(ii) Determination by the Main Contractor Fire, etc. It is expressly agreed that this sub-clause is deleted and is replaced by the following sub-clause: Loss or damage occasioned by any one or more of the following contingencies, viz, fire, lightning, explosion, storm, typhoon, flood, bursting or overflowing of water tanks, apparatus or pipes, earthquake, aircraft and other aerial devices or articles dropped therefrom, riot and civil commotion Clause 29 Artisans and Tradesmen Add the following to the Clause: The Main Contractor shall afford all reasonable opportunities to Artists, Tradesmen or Specialist Contractors employed directly by the Employer for the carrying out of their work. Such facilities shall include the reasonable use by others of any scaffolding or staging erected by the Main Contractor for his own use but the Main Contractor shall not be required to maintain any such scaffolding or staging longer than is necessary for his own use or to erect any special scaffolding or staging for the use of others Clause 30 Certificates and Payments Add the following sentence to Sub-clause (2) Payment for materials on site will be restricted to those materials which are to be incorporated into the permanent works. No amounts will be included in interim certificates for materials to be used for temporary works. It is expressly agreed that Sub-clause (4)(b) is deleted and replaced by the following sub-clause: No release of any amount so retained will be made to the Main Contractor on the issue of the Certificate of Practical Completion by the Employer. On line three of Sub-clause (7) delete the words by the Main Contractor and amend the wording fourteen days to thirty days. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 10

31 Clause 31 Surety Bond It is expressly agreed that Clause 31 of the Conditions shall be deleted Clause 36 Fluctuation in Wage Rates This clause is not applicable and is deleted from the Contract. 4 SCOPE OF WORK The Works to be carried out under this Contract generally comprise the Design and Build Works to the vacant office at Unit 01-03&05-06 on 25/F, CDW Building, 388 Castle Peak Road, Tsuen Wan, New Territories. The approximate usable floor area is 1,410 sq.m. (Appendix B). The aim of this project is to convert the subject premise into a Co-Working Space with Pixel Comic Heroes as the design theme (Reference Photos AA1 in Appendix D) reflecting young, energetic and fun related to digital tech, esport, etc., all in conformity with the Conditions of Contract, Drawings, and Specification including but not limited to the following: 4.1 General The Main Contractor shall be deemed to have visited the Site before tendering and acquainted himself with the nature of the Site, floor conditions, access and all matters affecting the execution of the Works. The Main Contractor shall allow for all works necessary. No claim shall be allowed on the grounds of ignorance of the conditions under which the Works will be executed. The Main Contractor shall note that offices at other floors of CDW building will be operated and functioned normally within office hours during the Contract Period. The office operation at other floors of CDW building should not be interrupted or affected during office hours by the Work including disruption of building services system, IT system, AV system, etc. All design and works to be carried out shall comply with all relevant Ordinances, Regulations, Standards, Specifications, Code of Practice and Practice Notes for Authorized Persons and Registered Structural Engineers, and the CDW Building Office s House Rules (with Fit Out Guide incorporated) attached as Appendix A to this Specification Preliminaries. 4.2 Design Development The Tender Drawings are the Employer s design intent of the Works. The Main Contractor shall develop from the tender drawings to produce an enhanced layout, detailed design drawings, construction drawings, shop drawings, etc., for the Works subject to approval. The proposed layout developed by the Main Contractor shall provide not less than the no. of office rooms, and the total no. of seats and tables/desks for offices and workstations as indicated on the design intent drawings unless otherwise agreed by the Employer. The copier(s) and facsimile machine(s) in the Staff Office/Utility Rooms, the coffee machine(s), microwaves, refrigerators, drink/snack wending machine(s) and water dispenser(s) in the Cafeteria / Pantries shall be provided by others. The Main Contractor shall provide any necessary power and data outlets for these machines/equipment. The Main Contractor shall provide a design coordinator and a site-in-charge, approved by the Employer, who shall be constantly on Site, or as and when required by the Employer, during the execution of the Works. The design coordinator and the site-in-charge shall attend the design meetings, pre-construction meetings as well as the other progress meetings with the Employer to ensure that the Employer s design intent will be fully developed and constructed to the satisfaction of the Employer. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 11

32 4.3 Fit-out Work Builder s Works: 1. The Contractor shall protect any existing building elements, plants, equipment, building services etc. which are required to be retained and make good any areas damaged / disturbed within the Site upon completion of the Contract Works. 2. Erect hoarding to separate / shield Work Site from the passenger lift landing area as necessary. The hoarding shall be at least 2.1m high of paint finish. 3. Supply and install any works indicated in the contract documents including but not limited to design intent drawings, specifications, etc. unless otherwise agreed by the Employer in writing. 4. Make good any existing defective walls / ceiling surfaces / finishes, if any, within the premises; paint / repaint all columns, exposed existing interior wall and ceiling surfaces with appropriate preparatory works and paints; colour to match existing or be approved by the Employer. 5. Supply and install any missing exit signs (if any) in accordance with prevailing relevant regulations to suit the new layout. 6. The locks of all new rooms including office rooms, meeting rooms, store rooms, etc. are of master key system. 7. Design and construct a reception counter with lockable drawers, power outlets, data outlets for computer and other office equipment, such as telephone, etc. A door release button controlling door opening at the entrance of the cargo lift lobby. This button shall be locked in a box or a drawer when unattended. 8. Design, supply and install a 3-dimensional colour logo / signage on the wall directly facing the passenger lift openings. The design shall be subject to approval. 9. Design, supply and install another logo wall at the reception area adjacent Room 30 displaying no less than 33 nos. 3-dimensional company logos. These logos shall be designed in such a way that the logos can be changed or replaced easily when needed. (Reference Photos AA2 in Appendix D) 10. Design, supply and install at least 210 nos. mail boxes of suggested minimum internal clear dimensions as indicated in the Design Intent Drawing. The mail boxes can be expressed as pixel graphic to echo the design theme. 11. Derived from the Design Intent Drawing, design and construct a foldable partition system sub-dividing the Multi-Purpose Room into Meeting Rooms 1 & 2 and the Break-out Area. The foldable partition facing the mail boxes and the pantry is of glazed wall panels while the foldable partition between the Meeting Rooms and the Break-out Area is of acoustical wall panels. The panels are of Sound Transmission Class (STC) between 40 and 45. The proposed design is subject to Employer s approval. 12. Supply and install no less than 177 nos. of steel lockers (at least 6 nos. of Type 2) as shown on the Design Intent Drawing(s). Construction drawing and material sample/trade catalogue should be submitted for approval prior to production. 13. Design, supply and install pantry cabinets, wall-hung Zip water boilers (or approved equivalent), sinks, kitchen accessories, such as wall hung rails / trays and associated plumbing and drainage provisions at pantries / cafeteria areas. Refrigerator, coffee making machine, microwave machine and water dispenser shall be provided by other. 14. Design, supply and install a bar table top next to the pantry opposite the Break-out Area with LED- lit display shelves or cabinet above as shown in the Design Intent Drawing. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 12

33 15. All new dry walls shall be of 100mm thick with two layers of 12.5mm plasterboard / Gypsum board on both sides of the metal studs infilled with mineral wool of at least 60kg/m³. 16. The doors of office rooms and the Meeting Rooms shall be glazed doors with black thin metal frame. (Reference Photos AA3 in Appendix D) For the Meeting Room, framed glazed door with acoustic lining / gasket at the door jambs. 17. Design, supply and install directories, notice boards and graphic / mural walls and pictures at prominent locations as indicated in the Design Intent Drawings or proposed by the Contractor subject to Employer s approval and / or as directed by the Employer. 18. Design, supply and apply translucent colour graphic films in patterns to all internal glazed partitions and any glazed doors (except the double-leaf doors at reception), unless otherwise agreed by the Employer. Patterns proposed by the Contractor shall be submitted to the Employer for approval. (Reference Photo AA4 in Appendix D) 19. Design, supply and install room number or room name to each room unless agreed by the Employer. 20. Design, supply and install a room name plate holder for each office room subject to the Employer s approval. 21. Design, supply and install two telephone booths as indicated in the Design Intent Drawing(s) (Reference Photo AA5 in Appendix D). The Contractor may propose alternative design subject to the Employer s approval. 22. Design, supply and install durable, water resistant, realistic timber-look vinyl plank flooring with graphic pattern at reception area subject to the Employer s approval (Reference Photos AA6 in Appendix D). 23. Supply and lay self leveling cement sand screed to the area as indicated in the Design Intent Drawing. 24. Supply and lay carpet tiles to the area as indicated in the Design Intent Drawing. Colour and patterns shall be approved by the Employer. 25. Supply and lay artificial turf to the areas as indicated in the Design Intent Drawing. 26. Design and provide any signages / directories as necessary in the design or as directed by the Employer. 27. Allow a provisional sum of HK$100,000 for miscellaneous and / or loose decorative items, including but not limited to loose indoor decorative pot plants at common areas, etc. subject to Employer s approval. The Contractor shall reimburse the above items by producing proper purchasing documents or receipts plus agreed handling fees based on percentage of the purchasing price (no more than 5%). 28. Supply and install acoustic air silencer to each room unless otherwise agreed by the Employer. 29. Add electromagnetic lock to the existing double-leaf timber door at the cargo lift lobby with Octopus card readers or similar access controls on both sides of the door. A telephone shall be provided at the lobby by other. The contractor shall be responsible for the connection and mounting. 30. Design, supply and install metal hanging racks for pot plants at the Flexi-Space area. 31. Supply and provide pot plants to the hanging racks and other locations indicated in the Design Intent Drawing(s) and/or as directed by the Employer. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 13

34 32. Supply and install new Detect locks with alarms at the locations as indicated in the Design Intent Drawing(s). 33. Design, supply and apply translucent films in patterns to all glazed partitions and glazed doors, unless otherwise agreed by the Employer. Patterns and size shall be submitted to the Employer for approval. 34. Information on any proposed special light fittings, such as pedant lights, wall lights, etc., shall be submitted to the Employer for approval. 35. Provide all builder s works in connection with the building services and IT installations including forming all openings, chases, etc. and providing all supporting frames and hangers and making good affected surfaces, areas and work. 36. Supply and install all trunking and conduit works and any necessary power connections and up to and above the suspended or open ceiling and/or below the floor finishes to facilitate the installation of the following: Cabling for IT / PABX connection; and Wiring of security and access control system, etc. 37. Attendance to nominated sub-contractor(s) / specialist contractor(s) including but not limited to fire service contractor and all related parties to the Work. 38. The Contractor shall diligently complete all the minor outstanding works and rectify all the defects within 1 week upon completion or within a reasonable period agreed by the Employer Loose Furniture (including but not limited to the following): 1. Supply and install all furniture as shown in the approved final layout (including those additional furniture shown in the approved layout of the multi-purpose room. The quantity shall not be less than the one shown in the Design Intent Drawing(s) and the tender drawing(s) by the Contractor unless agreed by the Employer. The design, style and quality of the furniture shall match with the co-working design theme proposed by the Contractor subject to Employer s approval. The photo examples are for reference purpose. 2. Each table/bench top of the system office furniture in office rooms shall be about 1.5m (L) x 0.7m (W) and supported independently by its own metal legs/supports and can be used as a stand-alone table/bench (Photo A). A 3-drawers movable pedestal shall be provided under each table/bench top; master key lock system for the drawers. 3. The table size of each workstation shall be generally at least about 1.2m (L) x 0.7m (W) with a 3-drawers movable pedestal underneath; master key lock system for the drawers. The partition shall be of approximate 1200mm high (Photo B). 4. Supply and install office chairs for office rooms, meeting rooms and workstations: size of not less than 500mm(W) x 480mm(D) x 450mm(H), durable fabrics and mid mesh back, arm chair with ergonomics design, basic with height adjustable, armrest adjustable, seat depth and cantilever metal base (Photo C). 5. Supply and install Flexi-Space furniture including tables of various lengths and heights with flippers and baskets (for power connection) and metal table legs; table top of timber-look finish; stylish chairs without adjustable armrest and adjustable height of various heights to suit the design. 6. Design, supply and install a movable lecture stand for the purpose of delivering lectures and speeches in the multi-purpose room. The Contractor shall submit design for approval. 7. It is preferable to have foldable tables with opening or flipper and basket for wiring on lockable castors for the ease of transportation and storage (Photo D). 8. Supply and install tables and chairs at the breakout area (Photo E). 9. The additional chairs for lecture/talk setting in the Multi-Purpose Room shall be light-weight and stackable (Photo F). If the set of chairs used at the break-out area is same as those used in the Multi-Purpose Room, the required no. of additional chairs will be 50, i.e. 20 (break-out area) + 50 (additional chair for talk) = 70 (including a few as spares). 10. Supply and install furniture such as sofas and coffee tables at the reception (Photo G) and outdoor-look furniture to casual meeting areas (Photo H). Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 14

35 11. Supply 2 sets of movable magnetic white boards on metal supporting racks with lockable castors (white metal writing boards on both sides) of board size of about 1200mm (L) x 900mm (H) 820mm above finished floor level (ffl). 12. Supply and install storage metal racks with adjustable shelves in store rooms (Photo I). 13. The Contractor shall be encouraged to propose any furniture of special design to enhance the overall mood or strengthen the Pixel Comic Heroes design theme subject to the Employer s approval Building Services Works The Contractor shall carry out all necessary building services installation and alteration work to the existing building services installation work including electrical, fire services, mechanical ventilation and air conditioning (MVAC), plumbing and drainage works to suit the new layout. The Contractor shall note that some building services works, such as fire services installation, all connecting works concerning Communal Aerial Broadcast Distribution System CABD, etc., shall only be carried out by nominated contractors as listed in Fit-out Guidelines. The Contractor shall perform all system testing and commissioning to the satisfaction of the Employer. 1. Electrical Installation (including but not limited to the following): a) Dismantle existing obsolete installation in comparing with existing and new design arrangement. b) Design, supply and install any ELV conduit / outlet for Data / Voice / Security / AV system including associated accessories; c) Supply and install main power cables from landlord s 400A TPN isolator with appropriate main distribution system to suit the new layout. d) Supply and install the main distribution system including but not limit to the followings to suit the new layout: 400A TPN MCC c/w IDMT earth fault protection relay 400A TPN power cable (~20m) from landlord switch room Meter board for CLP meter Main and sub-main distribution boards with associated MCCB, MCB, RCBO, etc. Cabling for final circuit (~150m subject to the approved design layout) 32A TPN power point for server rack (~ 2 nos.) 13A DP floor mounted power point with socket outlet for user (~ 222 nos.) 13A DP floor wall mounted power point at skirt level with socket outlet for daily operation and maintenance (~ 30 nos.) Power point for lighting switch (~45 nos.) Power point for utilities such as sump pump / refrigerator / microwave machine, etc. (~20 nos.) Digital power meter e) Supply and install new light fixtures (~ 250 nos.), including light tubes, pendant lights, spotlights, etc. as proposed by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Employer. The lighting design shall be modern and stylish compatible with the design setting. Lighting shall be either LED lights or energy saving lights connected with light sensor control or motion sensor control which can be incorporated with the BEEO requirements. f) Supply and install the lighting circuit(s) to allow individual lighting control of each room, zone and common areas preferably with occupancy control techniques. g) Supply and install new power outlets as required with associated wiring to existing MCB board to suit the proposed furniture layout. h) Supply and install new power outlets for equipment such as coffee machine, microwave machine, refrigerator, vacuum cleaning machines, etc. to suit the new layout and daily operational use or as directed by the Employer. i) Supply and install emergency lighting, which including fitting, all necessary accessories, power supply point, wiring, conduit, fuses control and all other necessary equipment, battery, etc. (c/w FS251) j) Supply and install all trunking and conduit works and any necessary power connections to facilitate the installation of the following: Cabling for Telephone/Fax/IT/PABX connection; and Wiring of security CCTV and access control system, etc. k) Labeling work for the above items are included. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 15

36 l) Issue WR1/1a certificate with schematic diagram and layout plan. All submission fees for government departments are included. m) Provide relevant drawings for submission to the Facility Manager and the Employer for approval. n) Provide testing and commissioning work certificates after the completion of the Work. o) Provide complete testing and commissioning record / report with as-fitted drawing (2 printed copies and soft copy in DVD). 2. MVAC Installation (including but not limited to the following): a) Design, supply and construct the MVAC system to suit the new layout including Tee-off and sub-main distribution from the main chilled water pipe to connect the Fan Coil Units (FCU) with installation of polystyrene insulation and chemical treatment report. b) Supply and install FCUs (55 nos. of FCU will be provided by the Employer) with individual remote controllers for each rooms and zones as shown in the Design Intent Drawing(s). - c) Supply and install fresh air duct (~ 400mm x 400mm) and connect with existing PAU(s). d) Supply and install acoustic air silencer / transfer air silencer to each room unless otherwise agreed by the Employer. e) Supply and install individual exhaust system to the Pantry and Printing Room. f) Supply and install 2 nos. of VRV unit (one duty and one standby) with refrigerant pipe (~ 120m) and insulation to provide 7 x 24 air-conditioning to the Server Room(s) with digital thermostat control. g) Provide relevant working drawings for submission to the Facility Manager and the Employer for approval. h) Perform testing and commissioning work for the entire MVAC system after renovation work. i) Provide complete testing and commissioning record / report with as-fitted drawing (2 printed copies and soft copy in DVD). 3. Fire Services System Installation (including but not limited to the following): a) Supply labour and material to all required fire services works to suit the new layout; b) Supply and install any missing sprinkler heads, exit signs, break glass units, alarm bell units and flashing lamps (if any) in accordance with the prevailing relevant regulations. c) Provide appropriate no. of portable fire extinguishers to the areas, like Server Room, MCB room, Printing Areas, etc. d) Issuing of relevant certificates such as FS251 / FS314A with schematic diagram and layout plan. All submission fees for government departments are included. e) Provide complete testing and commissioning record/report with as-fitted drawings (2 printed copies and soft copy in DVD). 4. Plumbing and Drainage System Installation (including but not limited to the following): a) Supply and install any necessary modification works such as stainless water tank with tap, sink, supply pipe, drainage pipe, level sensor, local panel, power supply, isolator and all necessary accessories at pantries to suit the new layout. b) Provide relevant drawing for submission to the Facility Manager and the Employer for approval. c) Provide complete testing and commissioning record / report with as-fitted drawing (2 printed copies and soft copy in DVD) Audio & Video System Installations Audio and Video (AV) System Installation (including but not limited to the following): a) Supply and install the following AV equipment including: Description Qty Unit AV Equipment Breakout Area Professional Display 2 sets Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 16

37 Description Qty Unit AV Input Faceplate 2 sets HDMI Extender - Receiver Side 4 sets HDMI Extender - Transmitter Side 2 sets 4K Multi-Input Switcher 2 sets All-in-one 4K Video Matrix and Control Processor 1 set Portable Control Panel 1 set Wall Installed Control Panel 1 set Light Control Interface 1 set Wireless Sharing system for BYOD, Mac or Laptop 1 set Speaker 2 sets Audio DSP 1 set Audio Amplifier 1 set Handheld Mic bundle with charging station 4 sets Clip Mic 2 sets 4K TV Set-Top-Box 1 set Meeting Room 1 & 2 4K Display with Built-in Whiteboard 2 sets AV Input Faceplate 2 sets HDMI Extender - Receiver Side 2 sets HDMI Extender - Transmitter Side 2 sets Speaker 4 sets TV Trolley 2 sets Wireless Sharing system for BYOD, Mac or Laptop 2 sets Live Stream from Cyberport Function Room HDMI Extender - Receiver Side 1 set HDMI Extender - Transmitter Side 1 set Video Encoder 1 set Video Decoder 1 set Installation services and 12-month onsite maintenance support services 1 job b) Provide relevant drawings and/or catalogues for review and approval; c) Provide complete testing and commissioning record / report with as-fitted drawings (2 printed copies and soft copy in DVD). The Main Contractor shall perform all system testing and commissioning to the satisfaction of the Employer IT System Installation (including but not limited to the following): a) Supply and install the following equipment/networking cabling and wireless network system including: Description Qty Unit Server Rack 4 sets Structure Cabling System 48 ports patch panel 8 sets 1U horizontal cable manager 16 sets CAT 6 Patch Cord (3-5m) 700 sets Fibre Cables OM3 (24 cores) 2 sets 24-Port Fibre Patch Panel 4 sets Fibre Patch Cord (5m) 30 sets Data port: Data ports for 33 office room 116 Voice ports for 33 office room 116 Data ports for Workstation 49 Data ports for Reception 2 Voice ports for Reception 2 Data ports for Staff Room 3 Voice ports for Staff Room 3 Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 17

38 Description Qty Unit Data ports for Breakout Area 2 Voice ports for Breakout Area 2 Data ports for Meeting 1 & 2 4 Voice ports for Meeting 1 & 2 4 Data port for CCTV 11 Data port for Octopus Card Reader 6 2 data ports for in door Wireless Access Point x 11 = 22 Data port for Copier / Utility area 1 Voice port for Fax machine / Utility area 1 Total nos. of data/voice ports 344 Network equipment WAN Router 2 sets Distribution Switches 2 sets 48 ports network switch with PoE+ 8 sets 7 x 24 x 4 hardware warranty 1 year Redundant power supply for network equipment 11 sets SFP+ 10GBASE-SR 10-Gigabit Ethernet Optics module 36 Nos SFP+ 10GBASE-SR 10-Gigabit Ethernet Optics 7 x 24 x 4 hardware 36 Nos warranty SFP+ 10GBASE-SR 40-Gigabit Ethernet Optics module 16 Nos SFP+ 10GBASE-SR 40-Gigabit Ethernet Optics 7 x 24 x 4 hardware 16 Nos warranty Installation services and 12-month onsite maintenance support services 1 job CCTV System IP Network Camera 11 sets Recording Software license for IP Network Camera 11 sets Recording system with storage 1 set Installation services and 12-month onsite maintenance support services 1 job Wireless Network System Wireless Access Controller 2 sets Wireless Access Point (support high density) 10 sets Wireless Access Point (support in-room) 34 sets Wireless Network Management Tool 2 sets Authentication, Authorization and Enforcement Policy Server 2 sets Installation services and 12-month onsite maintenance support services 1 job Provide professional services to overall installation, configuration, system integration and testing & commissioning of the IT equipment and network to the satisfaction of the Employer. 1 Sum b. Supply and install all trunking and conduit works and any necessary power connections under the raised floor system and up to and above the suspended or open ceiling to facilitate the installation of cabling for IT & PABX connection, security and access control system works. c. The Main Contractor shall perform all system testing and commissioning to the satisfaction of the Employer Other Works by the Contractor The Main Contractor s scope of works also includes but not limited to the following: a) Manpower provision for Telephone / Fax / Access Control / Security CCTV Installation. b) Relocate existing PA speaker system with conduit and wiring to suit the new layout. c) Supply and installation of a new access control system to control access at all the controlled entrances as indicated on the Design Intent Drawing(s). The system shall enable to provide or record real-time information giving a full understanding of who are in the premises. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 18

39 d) Supply and installation of a new colour closed circuit TV (CCTV) security cameras system with cameras at the locations as indicated on the Design Intent Drawings. e) Supply and installation of IT network/structural cabling and network equipment to suit the IT requirements of the new layout. f) Supply and installation of APs for Wifi system as shown in the Design Intent Drawing(s). g) Supply and install 2 nos. of desktop computers including 3 year 7 x 24 x 4 hrs on-site maintenance for CCTV System and Access Control System as proposed. h) Supply and install 2 nos. laptop computers including 3 year 7 x 24 x 4 hrs on-site maintenance for daily operation. i) Engage a Registered Energy Assessor (REA) to certify that the replaced or additional building services installations of major retrofitting works comply with the latest edition of the Building Energy Code and obtain a Form of Compliance (FOC) according to the Building Energy Efficiency Ordinance (BEEO) Cap. 610 within 2 months after the completion of the works. The copy of FOC shall be submitted to the Employer and/or the Employer s Representative for record Works by separate contractors Wireless wall switches shall be supplied and installed in each office room by a Specialist / Nominated Contractor employed directly by the Employer. The Main/Fitting-out Contractor shall facilitate and coordinate the interfacing works with the above contractors and shall allow for provision of attendance for them. 5 THE SITE 5.1 Location The site of the Works is located at Unit 01-03&05-06 on 25/F, CDW Building, 388 Castle Peak Road, Tsuen Wan, New Territories. 5.2 Site Restrictions The Site will be occupied during the course of work. The whole of the Works is to be carried out in such a manner as not to interfere with the normal activities in the Site and not to cause nuisance to the public, owner and occupants of the Site and adjoining properties. The Main Contractor shall observe and comply with the requirements stated in the Fit-out Guidelines at all time. Radio, smoking, fighting, gambling, uses of foul language and drinking of alcoholic liquor is strictly prohibited inside and around the Site throughout the Contract Period. 5.3 Use of Site The Main Contractor is not to carry out Works within the Site other than those stated in the contract, unless prior approval is granted by the Employer. 5.4 Drawing etc. at Site A complete set of Drawings and Specification together with copies of all Variation Orders and additional drawings issued after the Date of Commencement shall be available on the Site at all times for reference by the Employer. The drawings shall be stored in a neat and orderly manner. 5.5 Working Hours Restriction Fitting out work can only be carried out at restricted periods specified by the Fit-out Guidelines as follows: a) For works with minor disturbances and without excess noise, vibration, smoke & smell Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 19

40 - Monday to Saturday: 07:00 to 12:00 and 14:00 to 18:00. b) For works concerning welding and usage of heavy duty machines, or works that create excess noise, vibration, smoke, smell and other disturbances that may affect others. - Monday to Saturday: 07:00 to 09:00; 12:00 to 14:00 and 18:00 to 19:00. The Main Contractor shall apply to the Management Office and seek written prior approval for fit out works outside the above mentioned hours. 5.6 Contractor's Toilet One toilet will be identified by the Facility Manager and made available during the fit-out period and must be kept clean at all times. 5.7 Dimensions Figured dimensions are to be taken in preference to scaled in all cases. Before commencing any work or ordering any materials the Main Contractor must verify all measurements on site. If any discrepancies are found they must be brought to the notice of the Employer immediately. 6 POSSESSION AND COMPLETION 6.1 Possession of the Site The Main Contractor shall gain access to the Site and commence the Works within the time for commencement as specified in the Contract. The Main Contractor shall accept the Site as found on the Date for Possession and at his own expense clear the Site of any debris, etc., which may have been left on the Site. 6.2 Requirements on the arrangement of construction The whole of the Contract Works shall be completed in such an arrangement to comply with the following requirements and shall include completion of all associated building services and equipment installation works necessary for the proper functioning to the satisfaction of the Employer: Commencement of Contract Works a) The Main Contractor shall commence the Works within 3 calendar days of the Employer s written instruction to commence and to complete the Works within the time for completion as specified in the Contract The Main Contractor should allow in his tender for all extra costs for overtime, provision of extra labour and all other provisions considered necessary for the timely completion of the Works Any alteration and suspension work to the existing building services installation shall be notified to the Employer at least seven (7) days in advance and the exact schedule of such alteration or suspension work shall be agreed by the Employer. So far as it is not unreasonable and vexatious, no claim for extra payment or extension of time will be accepted for any disapproval given or amendment made by the Employer on the schedule The Main Contractor should pay particular attention to the following which is prohibited under all circumstances during construction unless otherwise as approved by the Employer / the Facility Manager. a) no cutting or chasing the structural elements of the building in any way shall be permitted; b) no fire services isolating valve should be closed / blanked off without the prior consent of the Employer / the Facility Manager; Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 20

41 c) no work, including fixing, chasing, painting, etc. is permitted to the external wall area without the prior consent of the Employer / the Facility Manager; d) no display of neon sign or illuminated logo, advertisement, etc. will be allowed which can be seen from the face of the external wall; e) no work is allowed to be carried out in the common area or in the common facilities of the building. The Main Contractor shall be liable to reinstate all damages done to the satisfaction of the Employer at his own expenses The Main Contractor shall note that no construction activities that may have a sound level that will constitute noise pollution or nuisance to the nearby occupants activities will be allowed at any time during the construction unless otherwise with prior written approval from the Employer. The Employer will, in this connection, have absolute decision as to what constitute noise pollution or nuisance to the occupants activities The Main Contractor shall allow here or in his rates for all extra costs arising for completion of the Works in complying the requirements in the arrangement of construction activities as described including:- 6.3 Notices for inspections a) Any inconvenience which may occur or any loss or expenses caused by the disturbance of the regular progress of the Works. b) Any extra costs involved in the construction, alteration and maintenance of temporary works. c) Any extra costs arising from, if any, multiple demolition, re-erection and maintenance of the offices, scaffolding, hoarding, storage areas, access routes, etc. to comply with the requirements of the Employer and the Facility Manager. d) Any extra costs in providing protected access to the completed portion of the Works for the occupiers and users. e) To provide all necessary temporary protection works to the Employer s approval to protect the building fabric including wall and floor finishes for the completed phase or existing property. f) Any other loss or expenses whatsoever arising from the Employer taking possession of parts of the Works. g) To provide adequate and sufficient security and protection measures to the various areas affected by the Works at all times against theft, vandalism and damage. h) To provide access to the Employer or staff to the areas affected by the Works at all times prior to the completion of the Works. The Main Contractor shall notify the Employer in writing one (1) week before he expects the Works or any Section thereof, to be completed. On receipt of such notice the Employer shall carry out joint inspections with the Main Contractor to satisfy himself as to the state of completion. Any snagging or remedial works which have to be carried out or made good to achieve the status of Practical Completion and which are discovered during the inspections shall be listed by the Employer. 6.4 Practical Completion a) For the purpose of the Contract and all Sub-Contractors, any statutory required approval, and the approval of as-built drawings and operation and maintenance manuals are conditions precedent to the issuance of the Certificate of Practical Completion for the Contract Works by the Employer. 6.5 Snagging and remedial work prior to Practical Completion b) The Employer s lists of snagging or remedial works shall be issued to the Main Contractor who shall complete such works to the satisfaction of the Employer before the Employer will issue the Certificate of Practical Completion for the Works. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 21

42 6.6 Completion of outstanding work and defect rectification after the issue of a Certificate of Practical Completion The Main Contractor s attention is drawn to the Defects Liability Period set out in the Appendix to the Conditions of Contract. The Defects Liability Period shall commence upon the corresponding Date of Practical Completion and continue until the expiration of twelve months after the Date of Practical Completion. After the Employer has issued the list of snagging or remedial works as referred to elsewhere, the Employer may issue further lists of outstanding work or defect rectification which shall be carried out by the Main Contractor after the issue of a Certificate of Practical Completion. The Main Contractor shall thereafter carry out in accordance with the requirements of the Employer all further outstanding works and making good of defects which become apparent within the Defects Liability Period. If, in the opinion of the Employer, the defects of the Works are to be rectified by other contractors in a more economical and convenient way and caused least disturbance or disruption to other contracts or the occupants, the Employer shall so informed the Main Contractor with full detail of the rectification cost for his agreement which should not be unreasonably withheld. The rectification cost so agreed will be deducted from the Contract Sum accordingly. 6.7 Practical Completion and release of retention money For the purpose of the Main Contract, the Date of Practical Completion shall mean the effective date of the Employer s Certificate of Practical Completion for the Works. Retention money with held by the Employer will be released as follows: There will be no release of one moiety of the sum of retention money retained upon the issue of the Certificate of Practical Completion for the whole of the Works The full amount of retention money retained will only be released (i) upon the expiry of the Defects Liability Period for the whole of the Works, or (ii) upon the effective date of the Employer s Certificate of Completion of Making Good Defects for the whole of the Works, or (iii) upon the agreement of the Final Account and the issuance of the Final Certificate by the Employer, whichever is later. 7 STATUTORY OBLIGATIONS 7.1 Regulations The Main Contractor shall comply with any current Ordinances, Regulations and requirements of the Hong Kong Government or Statutory Undertaking applicable to the Works, subject to Clause 4 of the Conditions of Contract. The Main Contractor shall also comply with and accept the risk of any impending Ordinances, Regulations, requirements and legislation or other conditions which alters any obligations or imposes new obligations The Main Contractor shall at all times comply with the relevant laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, in particular the Factories, and Industrial Undertaking Ordinance (Cap. 59), and the local regulation governing the employment of women and young persons The Main Contractor should write to the Employer for clarification should any discrepancies between the requirement as stated in the Contract Document and the legislation is noticed during the course of works. 7.2 Notices, Fees and Charges The Main Contractor shall bear the cost of any fees, levies or charges (including any rates or taxes) legally demandable under any Act or Ordinance of Government, or any regulation or bylaw of any local authority or of any statutory undertaker in respect of the Works other than the cost of the Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 22

43 construction of run-ins, reinstatement of paving and connections to main services which where applicable will be the subject of a Provisional Sum. 7.3 Working Hours, Rates of Wages etc The Main Contractor shall comply with any current legislation or regulations regarding working conditions, working hours, or rates of payment to employees and accept the risk of any impending legislation or other conditions which alters any obligations or imposes new obligations Should the Main Contractor consider that it may become necessary to cause overtime to be worked, he must first obtain the Employer s approval before commencement of work. The Main Contractor shall apply to the relevant Government Departments for approval, if necessary, for the overtime work. 7.4 Noise Control c) The Main Contractor s particular attention is drawn to the Noise Control Ordinance regarding the noisy activities during the course of the Works. All noisy work should be scheduled to be carried out in non-office hours. 7.5 Illegal Immigrants The Main Contractor shall familiarize himself with the statutory provisions concerning illegal immigrants on construction sites as set out in the Immigration Ordinance Cap. 115 particularly those criminal offenses dealing with the employment of Illegal Immigrants or the presence of Illegal Immigrants upon a construction site It shall be the responsibility of the Main Contractor to observe and keep in force the following practices at all times whilst the Works are being carried out: a) The Main Contractor will take all practicable steps to determine that all employees employed either by the Main Contractor or by any subcontractor are lawfully employed. b) The Main Contractor shall take all practicable steps to prevent illegal immigrants from entering the site. 7.6 Safety Supervisor and Site Safety Supervision The Main Contractor shall provide adequate number of safety supervisor and technical competent person as required by the relevant government departments during the execution of work The Main Contractor shall prepare all the necessary forms and documents and keep them properly at the site for the vetting by the relevant government departments and the Employer. 8 EMPLOYEE S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 8.1 The Main Contractor is obliged to comply with the Employees Compensation Ordinance (Cap. 282) which requires that he to pay compensation to employees injured in the course of or caused by the carrying out of the Works. 8.2 The Main Contractor shall maintain and cause all Sub-Contractors of every tier to maintain such Employee s Compensation Insurance as are necessary to cover all liability in respect of all workmen and other persons who may be employed on the Works or anywhere in Hong Kong whilst engaged in business connected with the Works. The policies shall be endorsed to cover the Employer s liability under the Employee s Compensation Legislation as Principal. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 23

44 8.3 The Employees Compensation insurance is to be extended to cover the Defects Liability Period and until no further work of any kind is being carried out. 8.4 The insurance is to be taken out with a company to be approved in writing by the Employer and the policies are to be deposited with the Employer prior to the commencement of the Works. 9 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 9.1 General Before work begins on Site, the Main Contractor shall submit his proposed methods of dimensional setting out, construction and checking that will satisfy the accuracies required. The Main Contractor shall be responsible for checking and co-ordinate the specified or agreed constructional accuracies with the requirements of any Sub-Contractor or supplier and shall notify the Employer of any discrepancy before the related work begins. Alternative tolerances to those specified may be permitted provided they are submitted for approval before work begins on site. Where this change involves alterations to details already prepared, the Main Contractor shall include for provision of revised details in accordance with this proposal. Any such details shall be submitted for approval before the related work begins on site. 9.2 Setting out At the beginning of the Contract the Main Contractor shall establish an approved primary benchmark and base line on which all subsequent setting out work shall be based. Where a structural grid is shown on the drawings the reference grid shall relate to the structural grid, unless otherwise agreed. 9.3 Compliance with Regulations Materials, workmanship and the Works as a whole shall conform to or be of a higher standard than the minimal required by the latest edition of the British Standard, Hong Kong Building Regulations and Codes of Practices. 9.4 Samples, Specimen, Finishes, etc The quality of materials and articles supplied for any purpose are to be approved by the Employer prior to their use in the Works. Wherever practicable, samples are to be submitted for approval before purchasing. Approved samples are to be kept on Site to serve as standards for the materials or goods represented by the samples. Samples, and any packing for the same, are to be provided by the Main Contractor Should any material or articles be rejected it shall be removed from the Site at the Main Contractor s expense The Main Contractor shall provide samples of workmanship for all trades and obtain the Employer s approval prior to commencement of such trade. 9.5 Choice of material When a choice of manufacturer is permitted for any material, the Main Contractor shall obtain the entire quantity required to complete the Work from one manufacturer. Unless otherwise authorized by the Employer such material shall also be obtained from the same source of supply. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 24

45 9.5.2 When a choice of proprietary material is permitted from a list of Approved Proprietary Names for any specified materials, the same brand of material selected by the Main Contractor must be used throughout unless otherwise approved When a choice of type or size of material is allowed (e.g. glazed wall tiles, mosaic tiles), the same type and size selected by the Main Contractor must be used throughout for all work in like locations unless otherwise approved. 9.6 Testing and Inspection of Materials and Equipment The Main Contractor is deemed to have allowed in his tender for all tests, that may be required by the Employer including all costs and time of carrying out the tests, notwithstanding successful or not, and all other costs and expenses in connection with tests such as additional material and labour, transport to laboratory etc The Main Contractor shall operate a system for identifying the inspection status of the Works at all stages The Main Contractor shall be responsible for carrying out or arranging to be carried out all inspections and tests required by his quality plan to verify that the Works comply with the specified requirements The Main Contractor shall be responsible for providing, controlling, calibrating and maintaining inspection, measuring and test equipment suitable to demonstrate that the Works comply with the specified requirements. This or similar equipment shall be made available to the Employer or his representative whenever required for examination of the Works. 9.7 Non-conforming work Where in the opinion of the Employer, the finished work or materials or workmanship in any part of the Works fails to comply with the Specification then that part of the Works will not be accepted. d) All such work shall be cut out and removed from the Site and replaced or otherwise dealt with in an approved manner, all at the Main Contractor s expense. No claim for time extension shall be entertained in such regard Should the Employer decide not to require the Main Contractor to cut out and remove the same and/or to have the same replaced, the Employer shall assess the cost effect for the hypothetical rectification work and the same assessed cost shall be deducted from the Final Contract Sum. 9.8 Materials and prefabricated items All materials and prefabricated items shall be manufactured and tested in conformity with the specified requirements. When evidence of conformance depends solely on inspections and tests performed by a Sub-Contractor, manufacturer, supplier, or independent inspecting authority, the Main Contractor shall ensure that such evidence is satisfactory and that appropriate records are maintained No materials or prefabricated items shall be used in the Works until it has been verified that they comply with the specified requirements Where appropriate, all materials and prefabricated items delivered to the Site shall bear the manufacturer s name, brand name, or any other data that may be required to verify the exact nature of the material or item and relate it to the specified requirements Where applicable materials and prefabricated items shall be obtained from suppliers and manufacturers who have been assessed by an independent certification authority accredited by the National Accreditation Council for Certification Bodies. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 25

46 9.8.5 Where applicable, materials and prefabricated items shall bear the British Standards Institution certification mark, the British Board of Agreement certification mark or other appropriate certification mark Transportation, handling and storage of materials and prefabricated items shall be controlled to prevent misuse, damage or deterioration The Main Contractor shall operate procedures for the identification and isolation of materials and prefabricated items that do not comply with the specified requirements Works test certificates shall include, whenever applicable, the location in the Works or the delivery of batch which the sample represents Excluded materials Materials or substances which are generally known at the time of use to be deleterious, shall not be used other than as allowed by British Standards or Statutory Regulations current at the time of use, and with the explicit approval of the Employer to the Main Contractor s proposal for use of the same Samples Provide all samples required by the Specification for the approval of the Employer and provide safe storage including racks for the display, reference and inspection of approved samples Variations Variations to the materials specified or shown on the drawings may be permitted subject to the Main Contractor submitting full details of his proposals before the related work begins. Such submissions shall be subject to approval. All submissions should be accompanied by evidence to demonstrate that the material complies with the requirements of the Specification. 9.9 Safe Custody of Materials The Main Contractor shall be responsible for the safe custody of all materials delivered to the Site. The Main Contractor will be required to reinstate at his own expense any such materials that may be lost or stolen Lifts and Delivery of Materials Details of materials delivery must be submitted to the Facility Manager using the forms provided in Cyberport Fit-out Rules and Guidelines for Office & Retail Tenants attached as Appendix A to this Specification Preliminaries Materials may only be delivered and taken away from the Site by using the designated routing, service lifts, service corridors and stairs The Main Contractor shall take every care in the loading and/or off-loading of the materials for the Work, ensure that the street, roads and footpaths are not obstructed or the traffic impeded and conform with the police regulations therewith Contractor shall give 3 working day s advance notice in writing to Employer for any off loading of materials and equipment In events that Contractor fails to notify the Employer in writing regarding the off-loading, Employer is entitled to cease the off-loading works immediately. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 26

47 10 TEMPORARY WORKS 10.1 Plant, Tools, Sheds Contractor shall provide and remove upon completion all mechanical equipment, tools, implements, ladders, plant, tarpaulins, sheds etc. necessary for the carrying out of the Works Contractor shall provide and remove upon completion all necessary protective measures to protect the existing finishes, shop front, light box signage, ground floor marble, equipment, fixtures, etc. on daily basis unless otherwise instructed by the Employer Scaffolding (double layers), Hoarding, Screens, etc The Main Contractor shall design, provide, erect, alter and maintain all scaffolding, hoarding and fans, catch platforms, dust screens, gates, covered walkways, barriers and other protection necessary to all different clusters to protect the public to the satisfaction of the Employer and the requirements of the Government Authorities The requirements described hereinafter apply to working platform and protective screens where relevant The Main Contractor will not be permitted to take support from windows, air conditioners and other fixtures for erecting scaffolding or plant. The Main Contractor shall make good any damage caused to walls, floors and other surfaces during use, erection and dismantling of scaffolds The Main Contractor shall make good the affected area to match the adjoining areas after removal of the scaffolding and hoarding The Main Contractor is required to submit proposal regarding his provision for the scaffolding, working platform and safety measures to the Employer for approval prior to the commencement of any site work In events that the Main Contractor fails to submit proposal regarding his provision for the scaffolding, working platform and the associated safety measures to the Employer for approval, the Employer is entitled to cease the Works immediately until the Main Contractor has rectify the situation to the satisfaction of the Employer. No extension of time will be granted in this issue Temporary Lighting & Power The Main Contractor shall be responsible for all necessary arrangement and connections for temporary power supply. The location of power supply source shall be assigned by the Employer The Employer shall not be responsible for reliable power supply sources All installation for temporary power supply shall be removed, including the making good the defects, upon completion of works by Contractor at his own cost All installation should comply with the requirements of the utilities company The Main Contractor is required to submit proposal regarding his arrangement for temporary lighting and power supply to the Employer for approval prior to the commencement of any work In events that the Main Contractor fails to submit proposal regarding his arrangement for temporary lighting and power supply to the Employer for approval, the Employer is entitled to cease the Works until the Main Contractor has rectified the situation to the satisfaction of the Employer. No extension of time will be granted in this issue. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 27

48 10.4 Water for the Works The Main Contractor shall be responsible for all necessary arrangement and connection for temporary water supply. The location of water supply point shall be assigned by the Employer The Employer shall not be responsible for reliable water supply sources All installation for temporary water supply shall be removed, including the making good the defects, upon completion of work by the Main Contractor at his own cost The Main Contractor is required to submit proposal regarding his arrangement for temporary water supply to the Employer for approval prior to the commencement of any site work No wastage of water is allowed Employer is entitled to stop the Main Contractor from use temporary water supply should the Main Contractor fail to observe any of the above obligations Contractor s Storage Sheds, Workshops and Offices The Main Contractor may apply to the Employer for license to use appropriate areas within the Site as Contractor s site office and/or site storage of materials and equipment for the purpose of this Contract. The Employer may grant the license subject to the availability of such areas and the Main Contractor s acceptance of the term and conditions for such license. No guarantee is made to the availability of space for the erection of this site office and/or site storage Materials may be stored within the designated area of the Site provided that no section of the structure is loaded in excess of the design loading, and no hindrance to the completion of the Works or access thereto or to partial completion of works where this is required is caused Separate Inflammable Goods Storage Sheds, if required, at a location to be approved by the Employer must be provided. No inflammable goods such as oil based paints, kerosene thinners, cellulose lacquers, bitumen or bitumen based products etc. will be permitted to be stored within the Site unless prior approval from Employer is granted The Main Contractor is to maintain them and keep his site office and/or site storage in good order to the satisfaction of the Employer. The Main Contractor s site office and/or site storage are to be removed and the Site is made good upon completion of the Works Restriction of Advertising No advertising, other than that given by the name board specified will be permitted on site, except with permission in writing from the Employer. The Employer may instruct the Main Contractor to remove advertisements, etc., from the Works, whether erected by the Main Contractor or not Publicity releases relating to this project should be first submitted to the Employer and the Employer. 11 PROGRAMME OF WORK 11.1 General The Main Contractor shall submit an outline programme with his tender with respect to the scope of the Works as described in this section. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 28

49 The Main Contractor shall within seven (7) days of award of the Contract, submit to the Employer for approval a detailed programme showing his intended method, stages and order of proceeding with the Works together with the period of time he has estimated for each and every such stage of progress. The submission of and approval by the Employer of such programme (and revisions if applicable) shall not relieve the Main Contractor of any of his duties or responsibilities of satisfactory carrying out and completion of the Works under the Contract. The Construction Programme shall be updated by the Main Contractor on the last working day of each month to the extent that it shall at such time be current and reflect the actual progress of the Works. The updated programme shall be submitted to the Employer. In the course of the Contract, special circumstances should arise which in the opinion of the Employer warrant or necessitate a revision or departure from the order of procedure as shown in the approved programme, then the Main Contractor shall accordingly so revise his programme as the Employer may require. 12 TENDER, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION 12.1 Discrepancies Should any discrepancy between this Preliminaries and General Specification, this Preliminary shall prevail No adjustment for rises or falls in cost of labour and materials There will be no adjustment to the Contract Sum for risers or falls in the cost of labour and materials or exchange rates of currencies Schedule of Rates The Schedule of Rates contained in the Tender Documents shall, upon award of the Contract, be deemed to be the Schedule of Rates submitted by the Main Contractor pursuant to Clause 3(2)(b) of the Conditions of Contract The items shown in this Schedule of Rates, together with their respective quantities, if any, are given in good faith as reflecting the quality and quantities of works to be carried out under this Contract in accordance with the Drawings and Specification The Main Contractor may make any alteration, omission or addition to the items, descriptions or quantities in this Schedule of Rates according to his own interpretation and/or measurements The quantities, if any, in this Schedule of Rates shall be at the Main Contractor s sole risks and do not form part of the Contract In the absence of any item in this Schedule of Rates for works shown on the Drawings or described in the Specification, any monetary cost attributable thereto shall be deemed to have been included elsewhere in the Tender sum Unless otherwise stated all items in this Schedule of Rates specifying materials, fittings, etc. are to be read as implying that such materials, fittings, etc. are to be provided, and fixed by the Main Contractor All the materials to be used in permanent works described in this Schedule of Rates shall be taken as new. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 29

50 12.4 Ordering materials etc. from the Schedule of Rates Immediately upon his appointment, the Main Contractor shall obtain approvals of all particulars and details necessary for placing of orders for all materials, articles, equipment, plant, etc. required under this Contract and thereafter shall as soon as possible place such orders. In placing such orders, it shall be the Main Contractor s responsibility to ensure that his suppliers are fully acquainted with, and work strictly to, the requirements and time limits of the Contract The Main Contractor should note that he should not order materials or commence work based only on quantities or sizes, if any, stated in the Schedule of Rates without reference to the drawings and/or site measurements, and there shall be no liability for any expense incurred by the Main Contractor in connection with wrong items or abortive work which would have been apparent had the drawings and/or site measurements been checked The Main Contractor should also note the time frame stipulated in regard to the optional deletion of certain sections of work by the Employer. When placing order for materials and/or goods in connection with such sections of work, the Main Contractor shall first ascertain from the Employer the final scope required The Main Contractor shall be responsible for the correct ordering of all materials and goods included under this Contract Method of Measurement The measurement of the Works and the unite rate in the Schedule of Rates shall generally follow in accordance with the Standard Method of Measurement of Building Works for use in Hong Kong, published by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors, Hong Kong Branch, Third Edition Metric, February Specific departures from the requirements of the Standard Method of Measurement include, but are not necessarily limited to, those stated in the Preambles Where in the Preambles rates for items are described as including certain labour, plant or material costs, such rates shall be deemed to include for the said costs irrespective of whether or not the requirements for the labour, plant or materials has been shown on the drawings or described in the Specification All quantities shall be measured nett as fixed in position unless otherwise stated and the rates are deemed to include for conveyance and delivery to site, unloading, storing, hoisting, lowering and all labour in setting, fitting and fixing in position, all cutting and waste, return of packing, use of plant and tools, establishment charges, overhead charges and profit The following abbreviations used in the quantity column of the Schedule of Rates shall have the following meanings assigned to them: Cube means cubic meter Super means square meter Run means linear meter Nr. means number kg means kilogram Throughout the Schedule of Rates are descriptions, commencing with the works Extra over or Extra for or under headings commencing with either Extra over or Extra for. The volume, area, length or number of these items shall be included in the measurements of the quantities in which they occur and the prices for these items are to be extra only over the prices of the items in which they occur. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 30

51 Where items are described in these Schedule of Rates in stages such as m deep or mm girth such descriptions shall be understood to mean respectively exceeding 1.50m and not exceeding 3.00m deep or exceeding 75mm and not exceeding 150mm girth Construction drawings, Shop-drawings, as fitted and co-ordination drawings etc The Main Contractor shall provide 2 sets of co-ordination drawings / working drawings / shop drawings developed from the design intent drawings together with any relevant trade catalogues / information for the Employer s review and approval within 3 weeks upon the award of the Contract Construction drawings, shop drawings, as fitted and co-ordination drawings, etc. as may be required, shall be furnished by the Main Contractor well before the Work proceed and in any case within two weeks of the Employer s written request. The Employer may reject, approve or amend such shop drawings. No claim will be accepted for disapproval of amendments or resubmission of the same required by the Employer The approval by the Employer of any such drawings shall not relieve the Main Contractor of his duties and responsibilities under this Contract By submitting drawings and samples the Main Contractor represents that he has determined and verified all materials, site measurements and site construction criteria related thereto, has checked the shop and co-ordination drawings and samples for complete dimensional accuracy, has checked to ensure and samples for complete dimensional accuracy, has checked to ensure that work contiguous with and having bearing on the Work, the subject of the shop drawings, is accurately and clearly shown, has checked the shop drawings against the co-ordination drawings, has checked that the equipment will fit into the assigned spaces and has checked and co-ordinated the information contained within his submissions with the requirements of the project and of the Contract Documents The Main Contractor shall review and check all submissions of the abovementioned drawings by the various Sub-Contractors in conjunction with his own works to ensure that the Works, installations and services in the various Sub-Contract s works do not conflict with each other or with the Main Contractor s work including the building structure, fabric or finish either during construction or in the finished building Shop drawings, co-ordination drawings or samples submitted without the Main Contractor having verified and checked the same will not be processed for approval by the Employer but will be returned to the Main Contractor for his compliance with the above procedure, in which event it will be deemed that the Main Contractor has not complied with the provisions herein specified and the Main Contractor shall bear the effects of all delays as if no shop drawing, co-ordination drawing or sample had been submitted The Main Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing, to revisions, other than those requested by the Employer on previous submissions, on re-submitted shop drawings, co-ordination drawings or samples No portion of the Works requiring submission of the shop drawings, co-ordination drawings, or samples shall be commenced until the submission has been approved by the Employer. All portions of the Works shall be in accordance with approved submissions If, as a result of revisions and resubmission to the Employer, the ordering of any equipment or material is delayed, the Main Contractor shall take whatever action is necessary to ensure that the progress of the Works is not delayed The Employer, at his sole discretion, may request the Main Contractor to provide such additional shop drawings as may be determined by the Employer. All such additional shop drawings shall be provided by the Main Contractor at no additional cost. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 31

52 Shop drawings and co-ordination drawings are not to be considered as Contract Documents. They are to facilitate progress of work Employer s review of shop drawings, co-ordination drawings and samples The Employer will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Main Contractor s submissions of shop drawings, co-ordination drawings and samples. Such action shall be taken with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay. The Employer s approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component Should any amendment to drawings etc. required by the Employer or any discrepancy or divergence that the Main Contractor may find be considered to involve or be a variation, he shall notify the Employer without delay and in any case within 7 days. The Main Contractor shall not proceed with ordering, fabrication, erection or installation until subsequently instructed. Claims for the extra cost of such work, if made after it has been carried out, will not be allowed The Employer reserves the right to review and approve shop drawings, co-ordination drawings, samples and other submissions in a sequence consistent with the sequence of erection, installation and assembly of the various elements of the Work The Employer shall not be required to review any of the shop drawings, until these drawings have been co-ordinated by the Main Contractor and submitted as a whole. The contract documents for certain specialist installations are provided in schematic form only and the actual installation of these work elements will require the precedent approval of co-ordinated shop drawings by the Employer as co-ordinated and checked by the Main Contractor Drawings submitted by the Main Contractor that in the opinion of the Employer are not shop-drawings will be returned to the Main Contractor as rejected not considered shop drawing The Main Contractor shall ensure that any necessary amendments to drawings are made in accordance with comments with the Employer and without delay. Unless and until the Employer confirms that re-submission is not required the Main Contractor shall obtain copies of amended drawings, check, revise and re-submit to the Employer No extension of time will be granted nor will any consideration by given to monetary claims arising out of the Main Contractor s failure to submit shop drawings, co-ordination drawings, samples or related submissions in accordance with the agreed schedule or without adequate lead time for the Employer s review, revision, resubmission and subsequent review by the Employer Method Statement The Main Contractor shall submit to the Employer for approval a detailed method statement describing the method and sequence of carrying out the Works upon request by the Employer prior to commencement of such works Such approval shall not relieve the Main Contractor from any of his liabilities under the Contract The Employer may, if necessary, prohibit the Main Contractor to use certain types of methods and procedures in order to ensure the safety and stability of adjoining lands and properties The use of any powered mechanical plant or equipment in progress of work shall not be permitted. Where powered mechanical plant or equipment is proposed to be used in work, the Main Contractor shall obtain approval from the Building Authority and the Employer prior to the commencement of any of the Works Final as-built documents, Record drawings, test reports, maintenance manuals Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 32

53 Within 2 weeks after the practical completion of the Works, the Main Contractor shall submit the completed total set of final as-built documents (including but not limited to test reports, catalogue of the proprietary product installed and maintenance manuals as directed by the Employer) to the Employer for his review and approval. This submission will form part of the conditions on the issue of the Certificate of Practical Completion. The Main Contractor shall participate in review meetings as required by the Employer, make all required changes in the submitted documents, and promptly deliver the completed final set to the Employer The Main Contractor shall allow in his costs prepare and submit one (1) set in AutoCAD file in DVD format and four (4) sets A3 size prints of final as-built documents including combined services drawings to provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Works for the project as constructed, both concealed and visible, thus enabling future modification of design to proceed without protracted site measurement, investigation and examination The Main Contractor shall allow in his costs prepare and submit four (4) sets paper prints in A3 size and one (1) set CAD file and PDF file in DVD format of as-built drawings for distribution to the Employer after the drawings have been approved by the Employer Dimensions Figured dimensions are to be taken in preference to scaled in all cases. Before commencing any work or ordering any materials the Main Contractor must verify all measurements. any discrepancies are found they must be brought to the notice of the Employer immediately. If 13 RECORDS AND REPORTS 13.1 Daily Record The Main Contractor shall register daily with the Employer all the laborers employed on site and the locations of work throughout the day as directed by the Employer, and such registers shall be kept by the Employer Progress Reports The Main Contractor shall provide progress reports of the Works on a bi-weekly basis or as and when directed by the Employer Photo Records The Main Contractor shall provide all the pre-work, progress and as-built photo records of the Works on a bi-weekly basis or as and when directed by the Employer. 14 MAIN CONTRACTOR S ATTENDANCE UPON OTHERS CONTRACTORS ENGAGED BY THE EMPLOYER 14.1 The Main Contractor is to provide the following attendance free of charge to other contractors engaged by the Employer and afford them all reasonable facilities for the proper execution of their work including: Space on the Site or in the building under construction to allow the direct contractors to erect their own offices, amenities or stores Use of access roads on the Site, working space for and clear access to enable the other contractors to carry out their works. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 33

54 Use of the Main Contractor s, messrooms, latrines and the usual conveniences and established facilities of a building site Providing adequate water and electrical points at convenient positions relative to the other contractors works and at work and storage areas within the Site Plant, scaffolding etc Other contractors employed directly by the Employer and the specialist contractors shall supply all tools, implements, etc. for the execution of the Work and will be allowed the use of scaffolding and general facilities which have been provided by the Main Contractor for the use of his own workmen at the Site of the Works Overall co-ordination The Main Contractor shall be responsible for the complete co-ordination and quality control of the Works including, where applicable, works executed by Nominated Sub-contractors, Nominated Suppliers, the Main Contractor s Sub-Contractors, Specialist Contractors and Public Utility Companies and shall at all times do everything necessary for the speedy and effective execution of all such works. This responsibility shall include but not be limited to: a) co-ordination of all trade sections or components one with the other for the compatible integration of the Work. b) establishment of, distribution and adherence to detailed logical sequence of the Work or erection schedules. c) ensuring that the construction is in accordance with the applicable Specifications and to the details shown on the Drawings, the further drawings and instructions issued by the Employer and the endorsed submissions. d) checking the Drawings and the further drawings and instructions issued by the Employer or prepared by the Main Contractor or others to identify discrepancies before work is carried out. Advising the Employer of discrepancies at least fourteen days before the Work is due to be carried out. e) acquiring and checking draft shop drawings for compatibility with each other and with the Works designed by the Employer or the Main Contractor and identifying any conflicts between the positioning of any work. f) ensuring that the Public Utility Companies are allocated their required amount of time to complete their works. g) carrying out any alteration work and indemnification of the Employer against all costs, charges, expenses and the like resulting from any failure to co-ordinate the Works. h) submitting to the Employer, As-built Drawings including any revision and re-submission for the Employer s endorsement. i) making arrangement as necessary for all inspections as required by the Authorities, Utility Undertakers, the Employer, the Facility Manager and the representatives of the Employer The aim of coordinating the building services is to enable the services to be properly installed within the spaces designed to house the services without conflict of one service with another Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 34

55 or with the building structure, architectural work or finishing and within the time scale of the construction programme The aforesaid term co-ordinate shall be deemed to include the acquisition and checking of all design drawings from the Employer and those to be provided by Public Utility Companies for the compatible integration of all the Works including devising and recommending to the Employer for approval design solutions to eliminate any conflict between the positioning of any work well in advance of such work being carried out together with technical checking of the compatibility of adjacent services. 15 SAFETY AND PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES 15.1 Disturbance to Occupants of Neighboring Property, etc. The Main Contractor s attention is drawn to the location of the site and its proximity to numerous existing properties and he shall so arrange his work programme as to cause the minimum of nuisance, noise, dust or any other disturbance or inconvenience to such neighboring properties to the occupants thereof or to traffic on surrounding roads and other public roads leading there-from Protect of Public and Repair of Damages to Adjoining Properties The Main Contractor is required to submit proposal regarding the protection of the public and occupants of the Site to the Employer for approval prior to the commencement of any site work The Main Contractor shall provide, erect and dismantle upon completion, at his own costs, all dust sheets, waterproof sheets, barriers/fence to the satisfaction of the Employer for complete protection of the public and the occupants of the Site The Main Contractor shall be entirely responsible for ensuring that no damage is caused by his labour including Sub-Contractors (whether nominated or not) to any of the surrounding properties by providing adequate protection during the course of the Works In events that Contractor fails to provide proper protection to public, occupants and owners of the premises, the Employer is entitled to cease the Works immediately until the Main Contractor has rectify the situation to the satisfaction of Employer. No extension of time will be granted in this issue If any such damage is caused himself or his labour, he shall be entirely responsible for the cost of reinstatements and shall keep the Employer indemnified against, any such claims, actions, suits or costs and expenses in connection therewith Any damage shall be made good at Contractor's own expense within 7 calendar days after the receipt of written notice from the Employer Site Safety The Employer requires that the Main Contractor place the highest importance on safety all times in the course of his work The Main Contractor shall display during the hours of daylight, such flags, signals and markings and during the hours of darkness such lights as the Government of Hong Kong or other competent authority may require for the safety of Aircraft or the Public The Main Contractor shall comply with the Labour Department s regulations for safety on Site. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 35

56 The Main Contractor shall supply their own tools and ensure that all tools, appliances and equipment used by his personal and sub-contractor's for the Works are in a safe, sound and good condition and capable of performing the functions for which they are intended The Main Contractor shall at all times so responsible for the discipline of his employees and sub-contractors and for ensuring that they perform their duties in a safe, orderly and clean manner in accordance with the requirements of the current Laws of Hong Kong Any workers, in the Employer's opinion, not complying with the Main Contractor's latest safety plan shall be excluded from the Site immediately Use of Materials The Main Contractor should refer to the list of prohibited materials/substances listed in the Fit-out Guidelines attached as Appendix A to this Specification Preliminaries Use of Chemical The Main Contractor is required to submit proposal regarding the trade name and technical information of the chemical and inflammable materials together with his protective measures against its storage, transport and use for the execution of works to the Employer for approval prior to the commencement of any site work Chemical which are acidic or corrosive in nature causing injury to or damages to the fixture and/or installation within the Site is not permitted to be used unless prior approval from Contractor Administrator is granted In events that the Main Contractor fails to submit the documents regarding the use of chemical or his protective measures against use of chemical and inflammable materials for the execution of works, the Employer is entitled to cease works immediately until the Main Contractor has rectify the situation to the satisfaction of the Employer. No extension of time will be granted in this issue Fire The Main Contractor is required to submit proposal regarding his measures against fire to the Site and adjoining premises due to the execution of the Works to the Employer for approval prior to the commencement of any associated work In events that the Main Contractor fails to submit proposal regarding the above-mentioned measures, the Employer is entitled to cease the Works immediately. No extension of time will be granted in this issue The Main Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent personal injury, death, and damage to the Works, existing structure/installation within the Site or other property from the fire The Works shall be kept free from fire hazard and the Main Contractor shall take all possible precautions and provide all necessary fire fighting equipment and properly trained staff The Main Contractor shall provide fire extinguishers, sand buckets and other adequate and efficient fire fighting equipment as necessary during the construction period The Main Contractor shall give 3 working day s advance notice in writing to the Employer for use of fire within the Site. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 36

57 In events that the Main Contractor fails to notify the Employer in writing regarding the use of fire within the Site, the Employer is entitled to cease the Works immediately. No extension of time will be granted in this issue In events that the Main Contractor fails to provide the measures against fire as stated in his approved proposal, the Employer is entitled to cease the Works immediately until the Main Contractor has rectified the situation to the satisfaction of the Employer. No extension of time will be granted in this issue Trespass The Main Contractor shall be responsible for temporary safeguarding against trespass, burglary etc. to the Site and adjoining premises via his temporary installation for the execution of the Works The Main Contractor is required to submit proposal regarding his measures against trespass, burglary etc. to the Site and adjoining premises via his temporary installation for the execution of the Works to the Employer for approval prior to the commencement of any associated works In events that the Main Contractor fails to submit proposal regarding the above-mentioned measures, the Employer is entitled to cease the Works immediately until the Main Contractor has rectified the situation to the satisfaction of the Employer. No extension of time will be granted in this issue. 16 SITE MANAGEMENT 16.1 Good Order The Main Contractor in the execution of the Works shall keep the plant, materials and all things connected with the Works in good order, neatly trimmed and stacked, and shall remove from the site or surrounding areas as soon as possible and at frequent intervals during the course of the Contract so as to maintain unobstructed access to and easy inspection of all work Foreman in Charge A foreman-in-charge in pursuant to Clause 8 of the Conditions of Contract shall be employed by the Main Contractor and station full-time on site, with a replacement foreman-in-charge of same qualification and experience approved by the Employer whenever the foreman-in-charge is absent from the site The foreman-in-charge shall attend the pre-construction meeting as well as the other progress meetings with the Employer to present their works program, works progress and material schedule and their emergency contact person and phone number Contractor s Personnel For works that there are legal requirements governing the personnel who undertake such works, the Main Contractor shall ensure the qualifications and experience of the staff comply with such requirements The Main Contractor shall ensure that all his employee and sub-contractor understand and comply with the legal requirements relevant to their area of work The Main Contractor shall ensure that its staff are adequately trained to meet all the legislative and general requirements for the delivery of the Works. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 37

58 All workers should wear full and proper uniform indicating the Main Contractor s company name and logo. The uniform should be clean and neat and supplied by the Main Contractor The Employer shall be at liberty to object to and require the Main Contractor and Sub-Contractor remove forthwith from the Site any person employed by the Main Contractor or by a Sub-Contractor who in the opinion of the Employer misconduct himself or is incompetent or negligent in the proper performance of his duties or whose employment is otherwise considered by the Employer to be undesirable and such person shall not be again employed upon the Work without the written permission of the Employer Any person so removed from the Work shall be replaced immediately No workman is allowed to be bare-footed or naked when walking around outside the fitting out area The Main Contractor shall not allow the worked people to live on the Site at any time throughout the Contract Site co-ordination meeting The Main Contractor shall be responsible to convene weekly site meetings with the Sub-Contractors, Specialist Sub-Contractors and/or his sub-contractors for co-ordination and monitoring the progress of the whole project Minutes for such co-ordination meetings shall be prepared by the Main Contractor and are to be circulated to each of the aforesaid relevant Sub-Contractors and, as required, to the Employer and/or other consultants Site Security The Main Contractor shall provide all necessary identification cards as required in the Cyberport Fit-out Rules and Guidelines for Office & Retail Tenants attached as Appendix A to this Specification Preliminaries The Main Contractor shall comply with all the rules and the restrictions imposed by the Employer and the Facility Manager Any workers found working within the Site for the purpose of this contract and not registered with the Facility Manager shall be excluded from the Site immediately Protection and Cleaning of All Trades The Main Contractor is to protect all finished works and will be responsible for any damage caused by carelessness and negligence in this respect The Main Contractor shall keep the Work and the parts of the site where the Main Contractor has carried out works and/or used for temporary storage of materials and/or plants, equipment, etc. clean and tidy from time to time to the satisfaction of the Employer Upon completion of the Works, the Main Contractor shall clean up and remove all marks, paints, stains, finger prints and the soil or dirt from all finished surfaces, adjust all windows, all floors and glass, clean out all gutters and channels and clear away from the site all plant, surplus building materials, rubbish, temporary buildings and works of every kind except that which the Employer has given specific instruction not to remove, leaving the premises clean and fit for occupation to the entire satisfaction of the Employer Cleaning Windows During the Course of the Works Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 38

59 The Main Contractor will be required to clean the internal face of the windows at least once every month until completion of the whole project and shall include in his Contract Sum for the provision of such temporary plant and labour as may be required in this connection Environmental Conditions The Main Contractor s attention is drawn to the environmental conditions required on site for the installation of fine finishes including timberwork, gypsum plasterboard, fabrics, etc. noted in this Specification. The Main Contractor must provide air treatment before commencement of installation of fine finishes. The environmental conditions required shall be provided to the Employer s approval at no additional cost Debris during the Progress of the Works All accumulations of debris, rubbish, disused shoring, crates, surplus materials etc. during the progress of the Works must be cleared and carted away daily. The Main Contractor is also to comply with any order from the Employer in connection with removal of rubbish or clearing the Site. If the Main Contractor fails to comply with such an order the Employer may employ another contractor to carry out his work and all charges, together with an additional 20% administrative expense from the Employer, in connection shall be deducted from any moneys due to or become due to the Main Contractor The Main Contractor has the liability to ensure that no debris will be accumulated or dumped illegally Burning of rubbish on site will not be permitted. 17 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION 17.1 Organization Further to Clause 8 of the Conditions of Contract, within seven days after the date of acceptance of his Tender, the Main Contractor shall submit to the Employer details of his proposed management organisation including: - a) an organization chart showing the management team, senioritis and the chains of command, and b) a list of all management positions with the names of the personnel to fill them, the percentage of time and duration of their assignment to this Contract and the responsibilities assigned to each of them The Employer may instruct any changes in the structure, names, number or type of personnel, percentage of time or duration of assignment that, in his opinion, is necessary for the proper management and supervision of the Works and such an instruction shall not relieve the Main Contractor of his responsibility to comply with his obligations under the Contract If, in the opinion of the Employer, the Main Contractor has failed to provide the appropriate number of management and supervisory personnel, he shall assess the duration and quantity of the shortfall and shall value the shortfall and the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 39

60 No substitution by the Main Contractor of any of the personnel named in accordance with this clause will be permitted without the prior written approval of the Employer. Such approval may be conditional upon immediate appointment of such suitably qualified and experienced replacement as is acceptable to the Employer, but shall otherwise not be unreasonably withheld or delayed The Employer may require any of the personnel named in accordance with this clause to be English speaking The Employer shall have the right to request, in writing, the replacement of any personnel in the management team if, in his opinion, the performance or conduct of any of them is likely to be or has been unsatisfactory or their presence is a disruptive element on the Site. The Main Contractor shall promptly comply with such request and immediately replace the personnel with sufficiently skilled, experienced and/or qualified personnel to meet with the approval of the Employer, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed Any personnel removed in the circumstances referred to above shall not be re-employed upon the Works in any other capacity unless written permission is given by the Employer The Main Contractor shall allocate to a senior member of his staff the responsibility and resources necessary for ensuring that the quality system is effective The Main Contractor shall provide details and duties of the personnel to be involved both on and off site, and of any independent inspection authorities which he proposes to employ The Main Contractor shall ensure that all personnel have appropriate qualifications, experience or training for the tasks allocated to them Site Instructions Only the Employer is authorized to issue instruction for the proper execution of the Works in accordance with the plans, Drawings and Specifications. The Main Contractor shall not be entitled to claim extra payment as a result of complying with any such instructions or directions unless confirmed in writing by the Employer s instructions The Main Contractor shall enter all site instructions given to him or his foreman by the Employer or such other persons as are authorized as noted above in a site diary recording a description of such work instructed and shall obtain against each entry the initials of the Employer or such other authorized person on the day that such instructions are given The Main Contractor shall allow such diary to be inspected at all reasonable times when required by the Employer Contingency Where contingency are included in the Summary of Tender for works to be carried out by the Main Contractor which have not been specified in detail at the time of tendering, these sums shall be deducted from the Contract and the Works carried out shall be approved in advance by the Employer s written instruction Remedy on Contractor s Failure to Carry Out Work Required e) If the Main Contractor fails to promptly carry out any such work as required by the Employer in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents, the Employer shall be entitled to carry out such work by his own workmen or by other contractors, and recover the cost, together with additional 20% administrative expense from the Employer, thereof from the Main Contractor as a debt due from the Main Contractor or to deduct the same from any moneys due or that may become due to the Main Contractor. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 40

61 18 EMERGENCY WORK SERVICES 18.1 Contractor should provide 24 hours emergency work services for his own works and for the installation affected by Contractor s work within Contract Period, including the Defect Liability Period Upon the award of the Contract, Contractor shall submit to Employer the all contact telephone number, mobile phone number and pager number of his management team for emergency call out services As soon as Contractor is notified that attendance to emergency work is required, he should make immediate arrangement and proceed to the site within 1 hours to rectify the defective works In event that the Main Contractor fails to attend the emergency work after the receipt of notice within 1 hours, Employer is entitled to carry out the Work without any further notice to Contractor. All cost incurred, together with an additional 20% administrative expenses from the Employer shall be deducted from any money due to or become due to the Main Contractor. 19 RULE OF THE FACILITIES MANAGER 19.1 The Main Contractor shall comply with all the rules and the restrictions imposed by the Facility Manager upon confirmation by the Employer. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Page 41

62 Part D APPENDIX A Fit-out Guidelines CDW Building Office s House Rules (with Fit Out Guide incorporated) Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Appendix A

63 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 Thank you for renting CDW Building. The purpose of this handbook is to provide informative and practical guidelines for your operation and business here. Tenant is advised to read it carefully together with the Tenancy Agreement. 歡迎閣下租用中染大廈 本手冊旨在提供資料性及實用的守則, 以供租戶在此營商 租戶謹請連同租約一併細閱 0 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

64 This handbook is provided as an information guide only and shall not in any way affect, substitute and / or vary any of the terms and conditions in your Tenancy Agreement. 本手冊只作資料指引, 無論在任何情況均不能影響 代替或導致更改租約上的任何條款 Tenant is welcome to contact the Management Office for all queries concerning this handbook. 如租戶對本手冊中的有關事項有任何問題, 歡迎與管業處聯絡 The Management Office reserves the right to amend the terms and conditions of this handbook at any time without prior notice. 管業處保留權利修訂本手冊之條款及細則, 而無須另行通知租戶 Where there is discrepancy in the meaning(s) between the English and Chinese versions of this handbook, the English version shall prevail. 此手冊之中英文本如有歧義, 則以英文文本為準 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 1 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

65 Office s House Rules (with Fit Out Guide incorporated) 辦公大樓租戶手冊 ( 包括裝修須知 ) 1. Before moving in. 入伙前 1.1 Building Information 物業慨況 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 1.2 Common Facilities 各類公眾設施基本資料 Power Supply 電力供應 Emergency Power Supply 後備電力供應 Annual Inspection of Power Supply System 電力設施年檢 Plumbing & Drainage System 供水及排水系統 Fire Services System 消防系統 Telephone & Other Telecommunication Systems 電話及其他電訊系統 Communal Aerial Broadcast Distribution (CABD) System 電視公共天線系統 Air Conditioning System 冷氣空調系統 Fit Out Guide 裝修須知 Application Procedure & Required Documents for Fit Out Works 申請裝修程序及所需文件 Facilitation Fee 統籌費 Fitting Out Deposit 裝修按金 Fitting Out Insurance 裝修保險 Time for Fit Out Works 裝修時間 Nominated Contractors 指定承建商 Fire Facilities 防火設施 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

66 1.3.8 Alteration to Building Structure 更改建築結構注意事項 Common Facilities inside the Office Premises 單位內的公眾設施 Works Affecting the Common Areas & Facilities 影響公眾地方及設施的工程 Storage & Transportation of Fit Out Material & Debris 儲存及搬運裝修物料和廢料 Other Important Notes 其他注意事項 Completion of Fit Out Works 裝修工程完成 Reinstatement Work Upon Tenancy Expiry 租約期滿後的還原工程 1.4 External Signature & Tenant s Information 租戶資料及名牌 2. Daily Operation 日常運作 2.1 Carpark Facilities 停車場設施 2.2 Cargo Transportation 貨運安排 2.3 Reservation of Loading / Unloading Parking Space 預訂上落貨泊車位 2.4 Building Image & Advertisement Display 大廈形象及於公眾地方的廣告宣傳 2.5 Refuse Handling 垃圾處理 2.6 Repair & Maintenance to In-house Facilities 室內設施保養及維修 2.7 Central Chilled Water Supply & Application for Additional Chilled Water Supply 中央冷凍水供應及申請額外冷凍水供應 2.8 Customer Services Counter 客戶服務中心 2.9 Insurance 保險 2.10 Other Rules 其他規則 Permitted Use 許可用途 Disturbance Prohibited 嚴禁滋擾 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 3 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

67 Security & Public Safety 保安及公眾安全 Common Area 公眾地方 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 3. Emergency Events 緊急事項 3.1 Fire Alarm 消防警報 3.2 Suspension of Water & Power Supply 暫停水電供應 3.3 Fire Precaution 防火措施 3.4 Crime Prevention 防盜設施 4. Appendix 附錄 4.1 Useful Contact List & Nominated Contractors 常用聯絡資料及指定承建商 4 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

68 1. Before Moving In. 入伙前 1.1 Building Information 物業慨況 Landlord 業主 Address 地址 : CDW Building Limited : CDW Building Limited : No. 388 Castle Peak Road, Tsuen Wan, Hong Kong : 香港荃灣青山公路 388 號 No. of Floor : 27 Stories:G/F 1/F to 30/F (Exclude 4/F, 13/F, 14/F & 24/F) 樓層 : 廿七層 : 地下 一樓至三十樓 ( 沒有四樓 十三樓 十四樓及廿四樓 ) Flooring Zone : 樓層分佈 G/F 地下 1/F 一樓 2/F 二樓 3/F to 8/F 三樓至八樓 9/F 九樓 10/F to 30/F 十樓至三十樓 : : : : : : : : : : : : Loading / Unloading Space 上落貨區 Shops, Office Lift Lobbies & Main Passages 商場, 辦公大樓電梯大堂及主要通道 Private Cars & Light Vans Carpark 私家車 / 輕型貨車停車場 Shops 商場 Refuge Floor 隔火層 Office 辦公大樓 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 Opening Hours : Building Main Entrance Opening Hours: 07:00 to 24:00. Building Main Entrance will be closed between 24:00 and 07:00. Service of most common facilities will be suspended. Only a 24 hours passage on 1/F linking up Castle Peak Road and Fok Loi Estate Footbridge will be kept opened. Visitors going to other areas of the building are required to register with their HKID card at Customer Services Counter. 開放時間 : 大廈正門的開放時間為每天上午七時至晚上十二時 晚上十二時至翌晨七時間, 大廈正門將會關閉, 大部份公眾設施亦會停止服務, 僅開放一條位於大廈一樓連接福來村行人天橋及青山公路的 24 小時通道可供使用 此段時間內, 如訪客欲前往大廈內其他地方, 均須以香港身份證於客戶服務中心作登記 Air Conditioning Supply During : Monday to Friday 08:30 to 19:30 Normal Business Hours Saturday 08:30 to 14:00 (Office Portion) (Suspended on Sunday and General Holidays) 辦公時間內冷氣供應時間 : 星期一至星期五 上午八時三十分至下午七時三十分 ( 辦公大樓部份 ) 星期六 上午八時三十分至下午二時 ( 星期日及公眾假期暫停供應 ) 5 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

69 Carpark 停車場 : Opening for 24 hrs. : 24 小時開放 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 Passenger Lift 客運升降機 : 18 nos. Low Zone (4 nos.) : Serving 1/F, 2/F, 10/F to 15/F Mid. Zone (4 nos.) : Serving 1/F, 2/F, 16/F to 23/F High Zone West (3 nos.) : Serving 1/F, 2/F, 25/F to 27/F High Zone East (3 nos.) : Serving 1/F, 2/F, 28/F to 30/F Fire Service Lift (4 nos.) : Serving all floors : 十八部 低層 ( 四部 ) : 服務一樓 二樓 十樓至十五樓 中層 ( 四部 ) : 服務一樓 二樓 十六樓至廿三樓 高層 ( 西 ) ( 三部 ) : 服務一樓 二樓 廿五樓至廿七樓 高層 ( 東 ) ( 三部 ) : 服務一樓 二樓 廿八樓至三十樓 消防升降機 ( 四部 ) : 服務所有樓層 Cargo Lift : 4 nos. (1950(D) x 2420(W) x 2290(H)mm, Loading: 2000kg) 2 nos. : Serving G/F to 8/F, 10/F to 16/F 2 nos. : Serving G/F to 8/F, 17/F to 30/F 貨運升降機 : 四部 (1950( 深 ) x 2420( 寬 ) x 2290( 高 ) 毫米, 載重 :2000 公斤 ) 兩部 : 服務地下至八樓 十樓至十六樓兩部 : 服務地下至八樓 十七樓至三十樓 Escalator : Traveling from G/F to 8/F. 扶手電梯 : 連接地下至八樓 Express Escalator : Traveling between 1/F and 3/F 快速扶手電梯 : 連接一樓及三樓 6 Management Office (Manager: HKR Limited) Address : Unit 08, 10/F, CDW Building Tel. No. : Fax. No. : Office Hours : Monday to Friday : 09:00 to 18:00 Saturday, Sunday & General Holidays : Closed 大廈管業處 ( 管理人 : 香港興業成業有限公司 ) 地址 : 中染大廈 10 樓 08 室 電話 : 傳真 : 辦公時間 : 星期一至五..早上九時至下午六時 星期六 日及公眾假期..休息 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

70 Customers Services Centre Location : 1/F Office Hours : 10:00 to 22:00 客戶服務中心位置 : 1 樓 辦公時間 : 早上十時至晚上十時 24 Hours Security Control Centre Address : Unit 08, 10/F, CDW Building Tel. No. : Fax. No. : Office Hours : 24 hrs 保安控制中心地址 : 中染大廈 10 樓 08 室 電話 : 傳真 : 辦公時間 : 24 小時 Besides the above telephone number, the Management Office also provides 24 hours management service hotline to answer tenant s queries. You are welcome to contact us at / 除上述電話號碼外, 管業處亦提供 24 小時管理服務熱線, 以解答租戶查詢 歡迎租戶致電 / 與管業處聯絡 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 7 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

71 1.2 Common Facilities 各類公眾設施基本資料 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 Power Supply 電力供應 a. Power supply for office premises is fed from the main switchboard via power busbar to the meter rooms on each floor. Tenant should apply to the electricity company for power supply at the relevant office premises and supply and installation of equipment such as MCCB, IDMT, CT, Busbar Chamber, etc. (if necessary) at his/her own cost and liability. 單位內的電力供應, 均先由大廈主配電箱分派到各樓層的電錶房 租戶須自行及自費向電力公司申請及安排有關安裝工程, 例如..模製外殼斷路器 有時閒延遲可調電流過載 電流互感器 匯流排箱等 ( 如有需要 ) b. All electrical installation at common area, such as installation of conduits and wirings, etc, shall only be conducted by Nominated Contractor (as referred to in clause below) at the sole cost of the tenant. 所有涉及公眾地方的電力裝置, 包括電線槽及管道, 租戶必須自費聘用業主指定承建商 ( 於以下 段所指 ) 進行 c. Copies of certificates completed with as-fitted drawing of all power supply and related installations, e.g. Form WR1, shall be submitted to the Management Office for record. 有關電力工程證明書副本及有效圖則必須呈交予管業處, 以作存檔, 例如 WR1 表格 d. All luminaries outside the office premises shall only be installed subject to prior written approval by the Management Office. 除非事前得到管業處書面同意, 否則租戶不可在單位外安裝任何形式的照明系統 Emergency Power Supply 後備電力供應 a. Emergency generator is installed for providing power supply to essential services, such as fire services equipment, fire service lifts, public essential lightings and security system, etc. However, no emergency power supply is reserved for tenant. Tenant shall install his/her own emergency power supply at his/her own cost if necessary. 大廈設有後備發電機, 於緊急時供應予各種系統使用, 如消防系統及消防升降機 公眾緊急照明及保安設施等 惟此中央後備電力不會提供予個別租戶使用 租戶如有需要, 請自行安裝所需的後備電力裝置 Annual Inspection of Power Supply System 電力設施年檢 a. In order to ensure safe and stable power supply, the power supply system will be suspended for inspection and maintenance annually. Power supply in the building and office premises will be suspended. Such annual inspection will be conducted at late midnight and resumed normal in next morning in order to minimize the Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

72 inconvenient caused. Tenant may apply to the Management Office for provision of temporarily power supply for in-house essential devices during the power suspension period. Such services will be charged at cost. 為確保電力系統暢順及安全運作, 管業處每年均會對大廈電力系統進行分階段檢修 於檢修期間, 大廈及租戶單位內的電力供應, 均會暫停 為減少對租戶的影響, 所有檢修將安排於深夜進行, 並於翌晨恢復正常供應 如租戶於電力系統檢修期間需要臨時電力供應服務, 可事前向管業處申請 此臨時電力供應為收費服務 Plumbing & Drainage System 供水及排水系統 a. Plumbing and drainage system is installed in the public lavatories on each floor, but not in the office premises. 各樓層洗手間已安裝供水及排水系統, 唯單位內並沒有此系統 b. Tenants shall check with the Management Office for possibility of and seek approval for the installation of such system if necessary. The installation works shall only be carried out by the Nominated Contractors employed by and at the sole cost of the tenant. Tenant shall apply for individual water meter with Water Supplies Department at his/her own cost after the installation. 如有需要, 租戶可與管業處商討於單位內安裝供水及排水系統的可行性及申請安裝此系統 租戶必須自費聘用指定承建商進行有關工程 於工程完成後, 租戶須自行向水務署申請水錶 Fire Services System 消防系統 a. All alteration, addition/deletion and relocation to the fire services system (inside or outside the office premises) shall only be conducted by the Nominated Contractors at the sole cost of the tenant. 任何對現有消防裝置的更改 增減或移位, 包括單位之內及之外的所有部份, 必須自費聘用業主指定承建商進行 b. The Management Office will arrange annual inspection for the fire services installation of the building, but excluding those inside office premises, sole-use and self-installed by the tenant. 管業處每年均會安排指定承建商檢修公眾的消防系統及設施, 但不包括單位內 專用及自行安裝的消防設備 c. The tenant shall ensure the proper and normal operation of all the in-house, soleuse and self-installed fire services installation and shall hire a registered fire service contractor to perform annual inspection of the said installations. Copy of valid certificates, i.e. Form FS251 or FSI/314A is required to submit to the Fire Services Department and the Management Office for record. 租戶須確保單位內 專用及自行安裝的消防裝置正常運作及符合有關的消防條例, 以及每年必須聘任合資格的消防承建商進行檢修, 並向香港消防處及管業處提交 消防裝置及設備證書 / 樓宇消防裝置圖則 副本, 即 FS251 或 FSI/314A 表格, 以供存檔 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 9 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

73 1.2.6 Telephone & Other Telecommunication Systems 電話及其他電訊系統 a. Connection points for telephone and other telecommunication networks are already reserved at meter room on each floor, tenant shall apply for the connections from the relevant services providers at his/her own cost and liability. 大廈各樓層已預留電話及其他電訊系統的接口位置, 供租戶連接有關系統 租戶請自行與有關的電話及網絡供應商申請及安排安裝 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 Communal Aerial Broadcast Distribution (CABD) System 電視公共天線系統 a. Connection points for CABD system (i.e. TV broadcasting) is already reserved at meter room on each floor, tenant shall hire the Nominated Contractors to connect at his/her cost and liability if necessary. 大廈各樓層電錶房內已預留電視公共天線接口位置, 供租戶連接有關系統 如有需要, 租戶可聘任指定承建商進行安裝 Air Conditioning System 冷氣空調系統 a. Isolation tee-off points for chilled water pipes, pre-treated air ducts & condensing water drainage pipes are already reserved to perimeter of the office premises. Tenant may hire his/her own contractor to conduct the connection works. 單位附近已提供冷凍水來水 / 排水管道 鮮風管道及冷凝排水管道接口位置, 供租戶自行聘用承建商接駁至單位內 b. To ensure proper and smooth operation of the centralized air conditioning system, tenant shall hire a registered contractor approved by the Landlord to conduct routine maintenance and cleaning of his/her in-house air conditioning installation, and to submit the inspection report to the Management Office for record. 為確保單位內的冷氣系統能正常及暢順運作, 租戶必須聘任業主核準之合資格的承建商進行定期清洗及檢修, 並提交有關檢修報告予管業處, 以作紀錄 c. All system installed must be complied with the relevant Government regulations, e.g. Section 4 of the Ventilation of Scheduled Premise Regulation, Cap. 132CE. 所有系統必須符合有關政府法例, 例如..香港法例第 132CE 章第 4 條 關於通風系統的規定 d. The condensing water pipe must be properly connected to the pre-installed condensing water drain pipe but no other drainage. 冷凝水喉管必須接駁至預設的冷凝排水管道接口, 不可將接駁至其他排水喉管 e. Upon completion of fit out work and before normal operation of the in-house air conditioning system, tenant shall hire the Nominated Contractors to conduct chilled water pipe flushing and chemical cleaning at his/her cost and liability, and to submit valid report to the Management Office for record. 於工程完成後及冷氣系統正式運作前, 租戶必須聘任指定承建商進行冷凍水管道沖洗及化學清潔, 並向管業處提供有效報告, 以作存檔 f. Tenant shall re-apply to the Management Office for any further alteration works to the air conditioning system after completion of fit out work, if any. Updated Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

74 drawing of the altered system shall be submitted to the Management Office for record. 裝修完成後, 租戶如須進行任何有關冷氣系統的進一步更改, 必須再次向管業處申請及獲得書面批准後方可進行 工程完成後亦需提供最新圖則予管業處, 以作存檔 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 11 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

75 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 Fit Out Guide 裝修須知 Application Procedure & Required Documents for Fit Out Works 申請裝修程序及所需文件 a. Tenant is recommended to arrange a meeting with his/her appointed fit out contractor and the Management Office beforehand to ensure smooth proceeding of the fit out work. 租戶於裝修工程開始前, 建議安排其聘任的裝修承建商與管業處就有關單位的裝修申請進行會議, 以確保一切工程順利進行 b. Tenant is required to submit the designated application form together with all design and fit out plans, drawings, etc. to the Management Office for vetting. Besides, all the design, fit out plans and drawings shall comply with the laws of Hong Kong and approved by the relevant Government authorities. 租戶須填妥有關裝修申請表格, 連同所有設計及裝修計劃 有效圖則等資料呈交予管業處審批 ; 此外, 所有設計及裝修計劃, 以及圖則必須符合香港政府法例及已獲有關政府部門批准 c. Drawings required (4 sets) 所需圖則 ( 一式四份 ) - General layout plan (Including hoarding plan outside the office premises, if any) 裝修平面圖 ( 連同單位外的圍板設計圖, 如適用 ) - Ceiling plans 天花圖 - Electrical layout plans 電力裝置設計圖 - Air conditioning and ventilation plans 空調及通風系統設計圖 - Fire services layout plans 消防系統設計圖 - Plumbing & drainage plans, if any 供水及排水管道圖 ( 如適用 ) - Material sample boards and colour scheme 裝修物料樣板及顏色配搭 - Other plans and drawings required by the Management Office during the meeting 於會議上提及所需要之圖則 d. Approval of drawings by the Management Office is made only on the basis that such proposed construction / design does not affect the overall design criteria or the effective operation of the building and its service systems. Tenant must take the full responsibility to ensure the design and installation works fully comply with relevant Ordinances, rules and regulations, and code of practice issued by the relevant Government authorities. 管業處批准所建議的工程 / 設計僅從對建築物及其服務系統的整體 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

76 設計或設施運作的影響作考慮 租戶必須全權負責確保其設計及安裝工程已遵守所有相關法律 規定及規則, 以及由相關政府部門所頒佈的應用守則 e. Tenant shall provide the following documents for fit-out application: 租戶申請裝修時, 須同時遞交下列文件 : - Business Registration of the appointed fit out contractor; 裝修承建商的商業登記證 ; - All required insurance policies. 各項保險證明 f. The Management Office shall issue a written reply to tenant within 14 working days from the date of receipt of the fit out application form to indicate whether the fit out application is approved or not. If the fit out application is disapproved, tenant is required to re-submit the plans or provide additional working details according to the requirement of the Management Office by the stipulated date for approval. It shall be borne in mind that no extra rent free period (if applicable) or deferment of the tenancy commencement date will be allowed for the fit out application not being approved by the Management Office. Thus, tenant is advised to submit the fit out application for vetting as early as possible. 管業處在接獲租戶裝修申請表格當日起於十四個工作天內, 以書面回覆租戶所提交的表格是否獲得批准 如申請不獲批准, 租戶須在指定日期前重新提交圖則或按管業處規定提供有關工程的其他資料, 以作審批 若因裝修申請不獲批准, 以致租戶未能於租約期開始日進行裝修工程, 租戶將不會有任何額外免租期 ( 如適用 ), 亦不能押後租約期的開始日 因此, 租戶請儘快提交裝修計劃書, 以供管業處審批 g. Works relating to alteration of structure, construction that affects the external appearance of the building, application requires approval from E&M consultant or works require permission from the Landlord will require more than 14 days for approval. 任何有關影響大廈結構 外觀, 涉及改動公眾地方或設施需要機電工程顧問批核, 或其他需要獲得業主批核的申請, 需要較長的審核期 h. The Management Office will issue Fit Out Permit and provide temporary power supply to the fit out premises (if necessary) within 2 working days upon approval of the fit out work application and full settlement of the Fitting Out Deposit (as defined in the tenancy agreement) and relevant charges. 當裝修申請正式批准及租戶支付裝修按金 ( 於租約中的定義 ) 及其他有關費用後, 管業處將於租戶支付上述費用起的兩個工作天內, 發出 裝修許可證 及安排接駁臨時電力供應 ( 如有需要 ) i. The Fit Out Permit shall be posted outside the main entrance of the fit out premises or any conspicuous location throughout the whole fit out period for checking. 裝修工程進行期間, 租戶須將 裝修許可證 張貼於單位正門外 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 13 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

77 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 或顯著地方, 以茲識別 j. The Management Office shall perform regular inspections to the fit out premises to ensure that all works done are within the scope of this fit out guide and the approved plans. 裝修工程進行期間, 管業處將派員定期進入有關裝修單位內檢查, 以確保沒有任何違規工程進行 k. Tenant shall apply for confirmation of fit out work completion in writing when fit out work is completed. 當裝修工程完畢後, 租戶須以書面形式向管業處申請裝修工程峻工證明書 l. The Management Office shall arrange a formal inspection to the premises after completion of fit out works. Acceptance or objection of the works will be given in writing within 2 working days from the date of inspection. 管業處於接獲租戶的完工通知後將安排驗收, 並於驗收日起於兩個工作天內以書面回覆有關驗收的結果 m. The Fitting Out Deposit will be refunded to the tenant without interest within 30 days. For details, please refer to Fitting Out Deposit. 裝修按金將按以下條件, 於三十天內不計算利息退還給租戶 詳情請參閱 裝修按金 Facilitation Fee 統籌費 a. Tenant shall pay to the Management Office a non-refundable Facilitation Fee (as defined in the tenancy agreement) for vetting of drawings and plans, and supply of temporary electricity during fit out period. 租戶須支付裝修統籌費 ( 於租約中的定義 ) 予管業處, 以作審閱所有圖則及提供於裝修期間的臨時電力供應 上述費用不予退還 b. The Facilitation Fee does not include fee for debris removal. Tenant shall remove the fit out waste or debris at his/her own cost. 裝修統籌費並不包括裝修泥頭廢料的清理費用 租戶須自行安排將泥頭廢料運送離開本大廈 c. Please refer to the following table for the detailed fees schedule and the services provided: 有關服務收費列寫如下.. 14 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

78 Area of Premises 單位面積 4,000 s.f. or below / 4,000 平方呎或以下 4,001-10,000 s.f. / 4,001-10,000 平方呎 Over 10,001 s.f. / 10,001 平方呎以上 Facilitation Fee Schedule / 裝修統籌費收費表 Temporary Electricity Supply Point 臨時電力供應 30AMP/TPN or below 三相 30 安培或以下 30AMP/TPN or below 三相 30 安培或以下 30AMP/TPN or below X 2 兩套三相 30 安培或以下 Supply Duration 供電期 30 days 30 日 45 days 45 日 60 days 60 日 Temporary Electricity Supply Charge 臨時電力收費 Vetting Fee 審閱圖則費 d. Temporary Electricity Supply Charge will not be refunded if fit out period is shorter than the designated supply duration. 上述費用為標準收費, 即使有關單位的裝修工程提早完成而不需要繼續使用臨時電力供應, 已繳付的費用亦不會退還 e. For extra loading or extension of temporary electricity supply, additional fee will be charged on cost basis according to capacity and duration required. 如租戶需額外增加供電量或延長臨時電力供應期, 管業處將按成本收取額外費用 f. For office premises with electricity meter installed and does not require temporary power supply, the Temporary Electricity Supply Charge will be waived. Tenant is only required to pay the vetting fee. 如單位內已有正式電力供應, 而不需要接駁及供應臨時電力, 有關臨時電力供應費用將可豁免, 租戶只需繳付審閱圖則費 Total Facilitation Fee 合共裝修統籌費 $3,000 $1,000 $4,000 $5,000 $2,000 $7,000 $10,000 $3,000 $13,000 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 Fitting Out Deposit 裝修按金 a. Tenant shall pay the Fitting Out Deposit to the Management Office. The scale of the deposit is as follows: 租戶須支付裝修按金予管業處, 裝修按金將按下列收費 : Area of Premises / 單位面積 4,000 s.f. or below 4,000 平方呎或以下 4,001-10,000 s.f. 4,001-10,000 平方呎 Over 10,001 s.f. 10,001 平方呎以上 Fitting Out Deposit / 裝修按金收費表 Fitting Out Deposit / 裝修按金 $15, $30, $60, Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

79 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 b. The Fitting Out Deposit will be refunded to the tenant without interest within 30 days according to the following conditions: 裝修按金將按以下條件, 於三十天內不計算利息退還給租戶.. - After deduction of outstanding payments; 扣除所有未付費用 ; - No damage has been done to the common areas and facilities; 裝修工程沒有對公共地方或設施造成損毀 ; - No building debris or materials arising from fit out work are left in common area; 遺留在公眾地方的泥頭廢料已清理妥當 ; - The work has been completed according to the details specified and approved on the submission plans. 裝修工程已符合所有裝修規定 - The Landlord s issuance of the written confirmation of fit out work completion. 業主發出裝修工程峻工證明書 Fitting Out Insurance 裝修保險 a. Tenant must provide effective Contractor s All Risks (CAR) and Third Party Liabilities (TPL) insurances with a reputable insurance company in the joint names of the Landlord, the Management Office, tenant and tenant s contractor as the insured during the fit out period. The minimum insurance coverage shall not be less than HK$20 million for any one occurrence and unlimited for the period of insurance that covers the whole fit out period. The policies shall not be cancelled, modified without prior written approval from the Landlord and the Management Office. 租戶必須於裝修工程期間提供有效的承建商全包保險及公共責任保險 有關保險須包括業主 管業處 租戶及租戶的承建商 每宗事故的最低保障金額為港幣二千萬, 並於整個裝修期間設有無限的保障額 ; 此外, 在購買保險後, 如租戶對保單條文有任何更改或修訂, 必須事先獲得業主及管業處書面同意 b. The Landlord and the Management Office reserve full right to request the tenant to increase the insurance coverage amount according to actual situation and requirement. 業主及管業處可根據實際情況, 要求租戶提高有關保險的保障金額 c. Commencement of fit out work is not allowed until the copy of insurance policies and receipt are received by the Management Office. 於管業處接獲保單及收據副本前, 租戶不可進行任何裝修工程 Time for Fit Out Works 裝修時間 I.) Normal Working Hours: - For works with minor disturbances and will not create excess noise, vibration, smoke & smell, e.g. carpentry work, painting, wiring, etc. Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

80 Monday Saturday : 07:00 to 12:00 14:00 to 18:00 一般工程時段 - 可進行一般滋擾性比較小 及不會發出大量噪音 震動 煙霧或濃烈氣味的工程, 例如木工 油漆 電氣等 星期一至六 : 上午七時至中午十二時下午二時至下午六時 II.) Special Working Hours: - For works concerning welding and usage of heavy duty machines, or works that create excess noise, vibration, smoke, smell and other disturbances that may affect others. Monday Saturday: 07:00 to 09:00 12:00 to 14:00 18:00 to 19:00 III.) 特別工程時段 - 而一些滋擾性比較大 或者會發出大量噪音 震動 煙霧或濃烈氣味 焊接或需要動用重型工具, 及很容易影響到其他人的工程, 則只可於下列時段進行 星期一至六 : 上午七時至上午九時中午十二時至下午二時下午六時至下午七時 Other Specified Working Hour 其他工程時段 a. Tenant shall apply to the Management Office and seek written prior approval for fit out works outside the above mentioned hours. e.g. works on Sundays & General Holidays and at late evening or overnight. 租戶如需於上述指定時段以外的時間進行工程, 例如於深夜或通宵 或於星期日或公眾假期內進行, 必須事先向管業處申請, 並獲得管業處書面批准後, 才可進行 b. Time for noisy works shall be complied with the relevant Ordinances rules and regulations. 所有會產生噪音的工程的工作時間必須符合有關法例, 規則及規例的要求 c. If any complaint regarding disturbance against the fit out works of the tenant is received, the Management Office will immediately stop the relevant works and give warning to the relevant tenant. Temporary power supply to the relevant tenant will be shut off for repeated violations. 如接獲任何有關違反裝修時限的投訴, 管業處將會立刻停止該單位的裝修工作, 並予以警告 若警告無效或屢次重犯, 管業處將會暫停有關單位的臨時供電 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 17 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

81 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 Nominated Contractors 指定承建商 For all works concerning common areas and facilities, tenant shall hire the relevant Nominated Contractor(s) as listed in clause 4.1 in this House Rules to conduct the connection work at his/her cost and liability: 任何影響大廈整體系統及主要設施的工程, 租戶必須聘任於本手冊 4.1 段中列出之相關指定承建商進行, 這些工程包括 : a. Installation of the main circuit breaker inside the common meter room and all works that may affect the common power supply system; 總接電箱及影響公眾電力系統的工程 ; b. All works concerning the fire services system (including both inside and outside the office premises); 所有消防系統 ( 包括單位內外 ) ; c. All connecting works concerning Communal Aerial Broadcast Distribution System CABD & Building Management System (BMS); 所有連接電視公共天線及大廈管理系統的工程 ; d. All works concerning alteration to the building structure; 所有影響大廈結構的工程 ; e. All works to be done at common areas and works that may affect the common systems, including power supply, power allocation, air conditioning, plumbing & drainage, CABD, telecommunication system, etc. 其他於公眾地方進行及可能影響大廈公眾設施的工程, 包括電力供應及配置系統 冷氣系統 來水及排水系統 公眾天線 資訊及通訊系統等 Fire Facilities 防火設施 a. Tenant is required to provide proper and adequate fire-fighting equipment in the fit out work area, and shall strictly follow the Fire Services Ordinance and the relevant codes and regulations. 租戶須在裝修工程範圍內提供適當及足夠的防火設備, 並嚴格遵守有關的消防條例及有關之守則及規例 b. Temporary suspension to fire alarm system of the building caused by modification work of the fire services system must be resumed on the same day. No overnight suspension is allowed. 如因裝修工程而需要暫時停止消防警報系統, 租戶必須當日將有關系統回復正常 通宵停止消防警報系統將不獲批准 Alteration to Building Structure 更改建築結構注意事項 a. Additional Toilets 加建洗手間 1. As there is no plumbing and drainage system at the office premises, construction of toilets inside the office premises is generally not allowed. Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

82 由於單位內沒有來水及排水系統供應, 因此於單位內不可以加建洗手間 b. Fire Resisting Construction and Means of Escape 防火建築及走火通道 1. All internal partitions constructed inside the office premises shall be complied with the relevant Ordinances, rules and regulations. 所有單位的內部間隔及使用的物料, 必須符合相關法例, 規則及規例 2. Fire dampers shall be installed at opening on fire resisting walls for passage of air-conditioning ducts. 冷氣系統如需穿越防火牆, 則須安裝防火閘 3. If additional fire resisting walls and doors are going to be constructed, a duly completed form by an Authorized Person / Registered Structural Engineer shall be submitted. 如須加建防火間隔牆及防煙門, 必須提交由認可人士或註冊結構工程師簽署批核的有關證明 4. All fire escapes shall be free from obstruction and exit signs and stickers shall not be covered. 不可阻塞消防通道及遮蔽出路燈箱或有關標誌 c. Structural Wall, Floor & Ceiling 結構牆壁, 地台及天花 1. Any damage to structural walls, columns, beams, floors and ceilings are strictly prohibited without prior approval by the Management Office, e.g. concealed conduit / piping on the ground by cutting of structural floor slab. 如沒有管業處批准, 租戶嚴禁損壞任何結構牆壁 樑柱 地台或天花, 例如..打鑿地台結構安裝暗藏燈喉及水喉 d. External Signage 單位招牌 1. No signage is allowed to be installed on the exterior of the office premises without written approval by the Management Office. 如沒有管業處書面批准, 租戶不可於單位外裝設任何招牌 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 Common Facilities inside the Office Premises 單位內的公眾設施 a. Some common facilities will run via the interior of the office premises, e.g. air ducts, pipe ducts, electric meters, meter room and emergency lift access, fire service equipment, etc. Tenants shall not block or obstruct and must always maintain free access to such facilities and/or openings. If there is any blockage or obstruction, tenants shall be responsible to remove such for inspection and repairs. 大廈部份公共設施可能會途經單位内某些地方, 例如公眾冷氣管道 水管槽 電錶及電掣房 電梯緊急出口 消防設施等, 於任何時候或任何情況下, 租戶不可將有關公眾設施封閉, 並須確保有關設施的維修通道暢通無阻 於檢查及維修有關公眾設施時, 租戶必須自行安排 19 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

83 將所有阻礙的物件移開 b. Under normal conditions, notice in advance will be given to the relevant tenants by the Management office for access to inspect or repair such common facilities inside office premises. However, the Management Office reserves full and absolute right to send workmen to enter the office premises for immediate repair at any time in case of emergency. 於一般情況下, 管業處進入單位內檢查及維修有關公眾設施前, 將預先通知有關單位 ; 但於緊急情況下, 管業處有權派工作人員隨時進入單位内檢查及維修有關公眾設施 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 Works Affecting the Common Areas & Facilities 影響公眾地方及設施的工程 a. Adequate protection should be affixed before commencement of fit out works in order to protect the common area from any possible damage. 於任何工程開始前, 租戶必須適當圍封單位外圍, 以保護公眾地方免受損壞 b. All doors shall be closed at all times during fit out work. In case the work is required to carry out outside the office premises, temporary hoarding with specification approved by the Management Office must be erected. 裝修工程期間, 單位的所有門戶必須完全關上 如有關工程須於單位正門外進行, 租戶必須在獲得管業處批准下, 於單位正門外豎立臨時圍板, 以便進行有關工程 c. Two days advance written notice to the Management Office is required for temporary suspension of common facilities, e.g. chilled water, potable and flush water supply, etc. Such suspension shall only be allowed at midnight. 裝修工程期間, 如需要暫時停止單位內的公眾設施, 如冷凍水 食水或沖廁水等供應, 租戶必須於兩個工作天前以書面形式通知管業處 而有關工程只可於晚上進行 d. Tenant shall be responsible for the repair and maintenance, the future demolition, reinstatement of all modified facilities from the point of connection if there is any modification made to the original system. 租戶須負責從公眾設施或系統的連接點到單位內所有改動後的一切保養 維修及日後的還原工程 e. Tenant shall ensure that common facilities would not be affected during the fit out work. 租戶須確保裝修工程進行期間不會影響公眾設施運作 f. Door mat shall be placed at the entrance and kept clean during fit out period in order to avoid the dirt (e.g. shoeprint of workers) staining on the common area. 裝修期間, 門外須鋪設地氈並保持清潔, 以免裝修工人進出單位時, 污漬 ( 例如..工人的鞋印 ) 弄污公眾地方 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

84 Storage & Transportation of Fit Out Material & Debris 儲存及搬運裝修物料和廢料 a. Tenant shall maintain a clean and tidy environment both within and outside the premises and the affected area during the fit out period. 於裝修期間, 租戶必須確保裝修單位內 / 外及受影響範圍的清潔 b. All the fit out materials and refuse shall be packed properly in bags inside the premises and shall be cleared every day during non-peak hours. All fit out materials and refuse are not allowed to obstruct any part of common area. The Management Office will arrange to remove the fit out materials and refuse if it is found at the common area. All the cost involved will be deducted from the Fitting Out Deposit. 裝修期間, 所有裝修物料及廢料必須存放於單位內, 並於每日非繁忙時間內運離單位 ; 此外, 所有裝修物料及廢料不可存放或棄置於公眾地方 如發現上述物品棄置於公眾地方, 管業處將安排有關物品清走, 而有關費用將於裝修按金中扣除 c. All delivery of heavy goods shall be carried by trolley with wheels that are covered with a tread of soft and non-metallic materials. Trolley with metallic wheels is not allowed to be used in the building. 所有物料的搬運, 只准使用膠轆車輛, 大廈內嚴禁使用金屬轆車輛 d. Only cargo lifts are allowed to transport fit out materials or other miscellaneous stuff. The passenger lifts shall not be used to transport fit out materials and other stuff without the approval from the Management Office. 租戶或其承建商須以貨運升降機運送有關裝修物料及廢料, 在未獲得管業處同意下, 不可使用客運升降機運送貨物 e. During the transportation, the lift cartridge and ceilings, floors, walls and corridor at common area shall be well protected. If there is any damage of common facilities, tenant will be charged for all the repair cost. 搬運物料過程中, 租戶或其承建商必須妥善保護貨運升降機及任何公眾地方的天花 地板 牆壁 通道及設施等完好無缺 若有任何損毀, 租戶須負責所有維修及有關費用 f. Tenant shall remove all the fit out materials and rubbish at his/her own cost with the delivery path assigned by the Management Office. 租戶必須按照由管業處指定的路線搬運裝修物料及廢料 g. Tenant shall keep the unused fixtures or facilities that are provided by the Landlord at a safe and tidy manner, and return such items to the Landlord upon tenancy expiry. If such items are lost or damaged, tenant shall reimburse to the Landlord. 租戶須妥善保管由業主提供但於裝修時因為不適用而拆除的設備及物品, 並於租約期滿後交回給業主 如有遺失或損壞, 租戶須照價賠償 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 21 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

85 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 Other Important Notes 其他注意事項 a. Tenant s responsibility 租戶的責任 1. Tenant shall strictly follow the fit out rules and guidelines set by the Management Office during the fit out work, or otherwise the work will be stopped immediately until further notice. 租戶於裝修工程期間必須遵守管業處所制訂之各項規定, 否則管業處有權停止其工程, 直至另行批准 2. Before commencement of work, the tenant shall register his/her contractor s company name, address, telephone and the person-incharge to the Management Office. When there is any change of the registered information, the tenant shall notify the Management Office immediately. 於裝修工程開始前, 租戶須將所聘任的裝修公司的名稱 地址 電話及負責人的資料填報予管業處, 以作存檔 如有關資料有任何更改, 必須立刻通知管業處 3. Tenant shall make sure that all workers employed by him/her have to fulfill all the Ordinance, regulations and Government requirements, e.g. obtaining relevant licences or permits; besides, the tenant shall be responsible for all acts, omissions, conduct, etc. of his/her workers and contractors working in the building. 租戶所僱用之工人必須符合有關法例, 規例及政府要求, 例如領取所需的專業牌照或許可, 若有任何違例施工, 一切後果將由租戶負責 ; 此外, 租戶須負責其裝修承建商及其工人之所有作為, 不作為及行為而引到的損毀及損失 4. Tenant shall ensure that other tenants would not be affected by the fit out work. 租戶必須確保裝修工程不會影響其他租戶 5. If there is any loss occurred due to the improper fit out work, tenant shall be responsible for the rectification at his/her own cost as well as all the damages and claims incurred. 租戶必須承擔所有因其工程所引致之一切損失及責任 6. Tenant shall not place anything that exceeds the specified floor loading. 租戶不可在單位內放置超出樓層負載的物件 7. Tenant is responsible for all the cost incurred to seek professional advice for evaluating the effect of the applied modification if it is considered necessary by the Landlord and the Management Office. 如業主及管業處認為有關工程必須經由專業人士審核, 租戶須自費安排提供所需的專業證明 8. Tenant is responsible for all application for alteration to building structure and required licences to relevant Government authorities at his/her own cost. 租戶必須自行向有關政府部門申請有關改動樓宇結構的工程及 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

86 申領營業所需的所有牌照 9. The Building (Minor Works) Regulation (Minor Works Control System) has been fully implemented since 31 December Any tenant intending to carry out minor works should employ a minor works contractor registered in the Buildings Department in order not to violate these legal requirements. 建築物 ( 小型工程 ) 規例 ( 小型工程監管制度 ) 自 2010 年 12 月 31 日起全面實施 為免觸犯法律規定, 任何有意進行 小型工程 的租戶應聘用於屋宇署註冊的小型工程承建商進行工程 10. In order to comply with the codes of practice concerning the energy efficiency of the building under the Buildings Energy Efficiency Ordinance (Cap. 610), tenant is required to engage a Registered Energy Assessor to certify that the replaced or additional building services installation of all major retrofitting works comply with the Building Energy Code and obtain a Form of Compliance (FOC) from the Registered Energy Assessor within 2 months after the completion of the works. The Assessor is required to submit a copy of the FOC to the Electrical and Mechanical Services Department (EMSD) and Management Office for record. 為了遵守香港法例第 610 章 ( 建築物能源效益條例 ) 下關於能源效益守則, 租戶須根據法例聘請一名已註冊的能源效益評核人, 為其單位在進行裝修期間時, 審核其加設或更改有關屋宇裝置符合能源效益守則 此外, 該能源效益評核人須於裝修工程完成後兩個月內向機電工程署及管業處遞交遵行規定登記證明書副本, 以作存檔 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 b. General Conduct of the fit out workers 裝修工人的操守 All the workers employed by the tenant should: 租戶所僱用之工人必須遵守以下規則 : 1. Dress properly; 衣履整潔 ; 2. Wear working permit issued by the Management Office; 攜帶管業處所發出的有效工作許可證 ; 3. Not to tour or stay in any area outside the fit out premises; 不可在裝修單位外任何公眾地方遊蕩或停留 ; 4. No splitting; 不可吐痰 ; 5. No smoking in the common area and fit out premises; 不可在公眾地方及裝修單位內抽煙 ; 6. Not to create any nuisance to other tenants; 不可滋擾其他租戶 ; 7. No fighting; 23 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

87 不可打鬥鬧事 ; 8. No gambling; 不可賭博 ; 9. No overnight stay and cooking. 不可在大廈範圍內留宿或煮食 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 Completion of Fit Out Works 裝修工程完成 a. Tenant should notify the Management Office in writing of the completion of fit out works. 當裝修工程完成後, 租戶須以書面形式通知管業處, 以便安排完工檢查 b. If the fit out work does not comply with the approved fit out plans, tenant shall be responsible for all the rectifications. 如發現裝修工程與審批圖則不符, 租戶須自費負責修改 c. If all the fit out works comply with all the rules and regulation according to the plans approved, the Management Office will issue the confirmation of fit out work completion to tenant. 管業處於確認及滿意裝修工程後, 將向租戶簽發裝修工程峻工證明 d. The fitting out deposit will be refunded to the tenant without interest within 30 days after issuance of the said confirmation of fit out work completion. For details, please refer to Fitting Out Deposit. 裝修按金將按以下條件, 於發出裝修工程峻工證明後三十天內不計算利息退還給租戶 詳情請參閱 裝修按金 Reinstatement Work Upon Tenancy Expiry 租約期滿後的還原工程 a. Tenant shall deliver vacant possession of the premises in bare shell or original handover condition subject to the discretion stated in the tenancy agreement to the Landlord upon tenancy expiry. 租戶於租約屆滿時, 須將單位還原至 空殼 的狀況或根據租約規定將單位還原至原狀交還予業主 b. Same as normal fit out works, application to the Management Office for Fit Out Permit is required for the reinstatement works of the premises. 單位還原工程須與一般裝修工程一樣, 租客須向管業處申請裝修許可證 c. All alterations to the premises should be reinstated to its original condition. All doors, walls and ceiling should be repainted to its original color. 單位內任何已改動的部份必須完全恢復原狀, 所有門窗 牆壁及天花的油漆亦須還原至原來色樣 d. Tenant should completely remove all fixed devices such as wires, rods, nails, bolts and nuts installed on floor, walls and ceiling. 所有藏於天花上 地板或牆身內的任何裝置及物件必須完全清除, 例如電線喉 釘子 螺栓 螺帽等 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

88 e. Tenant should completely remove all cables, conduit, piping and ducting installed inside the premises, and reinstate the affected areas to its original condition. 租戶須拆除所有由指定接駁點連接至單位內的電線 喉管 管槽 訊號綫或其他有關接駁系統, 並於受影響的公眾地方還原至原狀 f. For additional installation concerning common areas, tenants should hire the Nominated Contractors to conduct such reinstatement work at his/her cost and liability. 租戶須自費聘任指定承建商進行所有位於公眾地方的還原工程 1.4 External Signature & Tenant s Information 租戶資料及名牌 a. Tenant should operate under the company name specified in the tenancy agreement, and should provide the company name (both Chinese & English) to the Management Office for making of the tenants directory. 租戶只可以租約內訂明的公司名稱經營, 並向管業處提供有關公司的中英文名稱, 以供製作租戶名牌及公司指示 b. Tenant should apply to the Landlord and the Management Office in writing whenever there is any modification of the company name and other related information. 租戶名稱或商標等資料如有更改, 須儘快以書面形式向業主及管業處申請 c. Tenant should file all necessary information with the designated form to the Management Office for record and should update the record whenever there is any change. 租戶須填妥 租戶聯絡資料 表格, 並交回管業處, 以作存檔 ; 此外, 租戶須定期更新有關聯絡資料 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 25 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

89 2 Daily Operation 日常運作 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 2.1 Carpark Facilities 停車場設施 a. Only Octopus card payment is accepted. (Both for G/F Cargo Carpark & 2/F Private Cars / Light Vans Carpark) 本大廈停車場 ( 無論地下貨車停車場及二樓私家車 / 輕型貨車停車場 ) 只接受 八達通 付款 b. The carpark on G/F serves only for loading / unloading of cargo. (Please refer to Cargo Transportation for details) 大廈地下停車場為專用的上落貨區, 只供上落貨物之用 ( 使用詳情請參閱 貨運安排 ) c. Height limitation of the G/F carpark & 2/F carpark is 4.1m & 2.4m respectively. However, cars with height exceeding 1.9m are unable to use some of the mechanical parking racks on the 2/F carpark. 大廈地下及二樓停車場的高度限制分別為 4.1 米及 2.4 米 但高度超過 1.9 米的車輛, 將不能使用二樓部份機械泊車架的上層泊位 d. The carpark on 2/F serves for parking for private cars & light vans, providing approximately 200 nos. of parking spaces. Some parking spaces are reserved for hourly rental parking purpose and the remaining parking spaces are reserved for monthly rental (in quarterly base) to tenants. 大廈二樓為私家車及輕型貨車停車場, 提供約二百個泊車位 部分車位將預留作時租用途, 而其餘車位則以月租方式 ( 以每三個月為單位 ) 供大廈內的租戶租用 e. Tenant may apply to the Management Office for monthly rental parking spaces by submitting the designated application form. The Management Office will deal with the application individually according to the availability, demands & other reasons, and the Management Office is under no circumstance to explain to tenants the consideration and method of such allocation. (Please refer to the car park regulations posted at entrance of the car park for details) 租戶如欲申請泊車位, 可以書面向管業處申請 管業處將視乎空置車位的數量 當時之需求情況及其他原因決定會否分配泊車位, 以及無須向租戶解釋分配泊車位的條件及方法 ( 請參閱有關泊車位之收費表及張貼於大廈停車場入口的詳細停車場使用守則 ) f. Motorcycle is not allowed to enter the building. 摩托車 / 電單車不准進入本大廈 Cargo Transportation 貨運安排 a. Carpark spaces on G/F are designated for purpose of loading and unloading. Carpark spaces on 2/F are designed solely for parking of private cars & light vans, and are not suitable for loading and unloading cargo use. 大廈地下停車場為專用的上落貨區 而大廈二樓的停車場則只供私家車停泊, 並不適宜用作貨物裝卸及運輸用途 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

90 b. Passenger lifts are only for passenger use and are prohibited for transportation of goods, materials and other miscellaneous stuff. Only cargo lifts are allowed for such uses. 大廈內只准使用指定的貨運升降機運送貨物, 嚴禁使用客運升降機運送貨物 c. Trolley with wheels that are covered with a tread of soft and non-metallic materials must be used for transportation of all goods & cargo. Trolley with metallic wheels is not allowed in the building. 所有物料的搬運, 只准使用膠轆車輛, 大廈內嚴禁使用金屬轆車輛 d. Tenant should be fully responsible for cleaning of all refuse, soil, dirt and water stain, etc. left during the cargo transportation process. 租戶須負責清潔運送貨物途中遺留下來的垃圾 雜物及污水等污漬 e. Interior of the lift cartridge and the floor, walls & ceiling of the common corridor should be well protected during the cargo transportation. If there is any damage made, the tenant will be charged for all the repair cost. 租戶於運送貨物時必須於使用的貨運升降機及途經公眾通道的地板, 牆身及天花安裝足夠及適當的保護措施, 以免做成損壞 一旦做成損壞, 租戶須承擔有關維修費用及賠償 f. All transportation workers should be dressed properly and foul language is prohibited. 所有運送貨物人士須穿著整齊衣服及嚴禁粗言穢語 2.3 Reservation of Loading / Unloading Parking Space 預訂上落貨泊車位 a. For better use and control of the loading and unloading facilities, tenant can apply for reservation of loading / unloading parking space during non-peak hours (i.e. between 23:00 and 09:00) for delivery of bulky or large quantity of goods by submitting the designated form to the Management Office. Trucks with reservation can enter the carpark prior to others. Tenant can apply for maximum 2 nos. of reserved loading / unloading parking space in each application and the maximum parking period will be 2 hours. 為更有效安排及使用大廈的上落貨設施, 租戶可向管業處遞交指定表格, 申請於非繁忙時段 ( 即晚上十一時至翌晨九時 ) 預留貨車位, 以便租戶運送大量或大型貨物 已預約的貨車可優先進入停車場 租戶每次可預留最多兩個貨車位, 停泊時間每次最長為兩小時 b. Reservation of loading / unloading parking space can be applied to the Management Office 24 hours in advance and within normal office hours. 如欲預訂上落貨泊車位, 租戶必須於預訂時間二十四小時前及於辦公時間內向管業處申請 c. If the trucks with reservation does not show up in 15 minutes after the reserved time, it will be treated as mis-appointment and the reserved spaces will be released. The late coming truck will have to queue outside the carpark as other non-reserved trucks. 如已預訂的貨車未能準時到達 ( 超過預訂時間十五分鐘 ), 其優先進入停車場及預留車位的安排將被取消, 車輛到達後只可於場外輪候, 直至有空置泊位才可進入 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 27 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

91 d. Cancellation of reservation shall be applied 4 hours before the reservation time and within office hours, or else it will be treated as mis-appointment. Application of tenant with records of repeated mis-appointment will be put to lower priority in future application. 租戶如欲取消已預訂的貨車位, 必須於預訂時間四小時前於辦公時間向管業處辦理, 否則當作失約處理 屢次預訂泊位而又失約的租戶, 往後的申請將被押後處理 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 Building Image & Advertisement Display 大廈形象及於公眾地方的廣告宣傳 a. To maintain the unified and consistent image and outlook of the building, no signboard, poster, electronic display, and other promotional items shall be affixed on the office windows as well as all other common areas. 為保持大廈內統一形象及外觀, 外牆玻璃窗或其他公眾地方均不可張貼或安裝任何招牌 海報 電子顯示屏或其他類型的宣傳物品 b. Tenant shall operate only under the business and office name specified in the tenancy agreement. Any amendment, addition and deletion of trade name and installation of signs and stickers are not allowed unless written approval is sought from the Landlord. 租戶必須根據租約內訂明的公司名稱經營 除非已獲得業主書面批准, 租戶不可擅自更改 增加或刪減租戶名稱, 以及安裝任何招牌及標誌 2.5 Refuse Handling 垃圾處理 a. Professional cleaning contractor is employed for all the cleaning works at common areas of the building, and to provide door to door refuse collection services once per day. Additional cost will be charged to tenant for the provision of the door to door refuse collection outside designated period of time upon request. 管業處已僱用專業清潔承辦商負責大廈內所有公眾地方的清潔工作, 此外, 清潔承辦商亦提供每日一次上門收取垃圾服務 如租戶要求於指定時間以外上門收取垃圾服務, 有關服務需另外收費 b. Tenant shall pack the refuse in a clean & tidy condition and store all the refuse inside the premises for the disposal by the cleaner. No refuse can be placed at any common area without prior written approval from the Management Office. 在清潔承辦商上門收取垃圾前, 租戶請將垃圾執拾妥當, 並放置於單位內 除非事先獲得管業處書面同意, 大廈內所有公眾地方, 不准擺放垃圾 c. The cleaning contractor of the building is only responsible for handling normal household refuse. Tenant shall be responsible for dumping of refuse like food waste, furniture, decoration debris, cart board, chemical, medical & industrial waste, large quantity of cardboard and bulky refuse at his/her own arrangement and cost. 清潔承辦商只負責處理一般數量的普通垃圾, 並不包括某些特殊性質的商業廢料 或大型及大量的垃圾, 例如廚餘 傢俬 卡板 裝修泥頭 工業廢料或大量紙皮等 租戶必須自費及自行安排棄置有關物件 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

92 d. For security reason and the unification of management in the building, if the tenant does not employ his/her own staff for cleaning work inside the premises, the tenant shall appoint the nominated cleaning contractor. 為確保財物安全及大廈管理的一致性, 租戶如非僱用直屬員工進行單位內的清潔工作, 則必須僱用由大廈指定的清潔承辦商負責有關清潔工作 2.6 Repair & Maintenance to In-house Facilities 室內設施保養及維修 a. Tenant is responsible for the repair & maintenance, at his/her own cost, of all the facilities and equipment inside the premises, including those provided by the Landlord, and those outside the premise but for his/her sole-use. 租戶須負責單位內的所有設施, 包括由業主提供的設施及裝置, 以及位於單位外但為該單位專用的所有設施的維修及保養 b. Tenant is responsible for the repair & maintenance, at his/her own cost, for all blockage, stoppages or damage of drains, pipes or any sanitary or plumbing apparatus, if any, due to improper use or negligence by tenant. 若因不適當使用或疏忽而引致排水渠 管道或任何衛生或管道設備堵塞 阻塞或損壞, 租戶須承擔有關維修責任 c. The Management Office may provide simple checking for sudden malfunction of facilities inside the premises during normal office hours provided if there is spare manpower available. Paid services for minor repair and replacement of parts may also be provided. 如租戶單位的內部設施突然發生故障, 於辦公時間內及於人手許可情況下, 管業處可安排為租戶進行檢查服務, 並提供某些簡單的收費維修服務 d. Simple tools like ladder may be borrowed from the Management Office subject to procedure as set out by the Management Office from time to time. 管業處設有簡單維修工具, 例如高梯, 按照管業處不時定立之程序供租戶借用 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 2.7 Central Chilled Water Supply & Application for Additional Chilled Water Supply 中央冷凍水供應及申請額外冷凍水供應 a. Charge for central chilled water supply during permitted hours is already included in the Service Charge (as defined in the tenancy agreement). The tenant has to pay such Service Charge in full without any deduction even if the supply of central chilled water supply is not required by the tenant. 大廈於指定時間設有中央冷凍水供應, 費用已包括於管理費 ( 於租約中的定義 ) 無論租戶有否安裝冷氣系統, 均須繳交全數管理費並不得作任何扣款 b. Additional central chilled water supply outside permitted hours can be arranged upon tenant s prior application. Such additional supply will be charged on hourly basis at rate designated by the Management Office which will be adjusted from time to time. 如租戶於指定時間以外需要中央冷凍水供應, 須先行向管業處申請 費用以每小時計算 有關費用可隨時調整而不會事先通知 c. Tenant can apply to the Management Office for the extension of supply with the designated application form 24 hours in advance and within normal office hours. 29 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

93 如欲申請加時冷凍水供應, 租戶須於二十四小時前及於辦公時間內填妥申請表格, 並交回管業處辦理 d. The central chilled water supply may need to be suspended when typhoon signal no. 8 or higher signal is hoisted. 當八號或以上風球懸掛之後, 大廈中央冷凍水供應將視乎天氣情況而暫停供應 2.8 Customer Services Counter 客戶服務中心 a. Customer services counter providing special privileged value-added services to tenants and other occupiers is located on 1/F. 客戶服務中心設於一樓, 為租戶及其他使用者提供各項增值服務 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 Insurance 保險 a. As stipulated in the tenancy agreement, tenant is required to effect adequate insurance coverage against all loss and damage with a reputable insurance company for the term of the tenancy agreement as follows: 租戶須根據租約條款向信譽良好的保險公司購買足夠的保險, 以承擔任何財物損失或損毀的風險, 牽涉的保險項目如下 : 1. All Risks Insurance for contents inside the premises including Landlord s property therein in full replacement value. 為租戶單位範圍內所有物件, 包括業主提供的裝備, 以十足重置成本購買全保 2. Public Liability Insurance with minimum coverage not less than HK$10 million per incident or such amount as the Landlord may from time to time reasonably require. 公眾責任保險, 保額為每次事故港幣一千萬元或業主根據實際情況, 要求租戶調整有關保險的保障金額 3. Pursuant to clause above, Contractor s All Risks insurance with Public Liability coverage, when tenant employs contractor to carry out any fit out works. 根據上述 條款, 於聘任承建商在單位內進行任何工程時, 為該工程購買承建商責任及公眾責任保險 b. Tenant shall insure in the joint name of the Landlord, the Management Office and the tenant himself/herself against all loss or damage for which the tenant is responsible under the term of the tenancy agreement and this House Rules, in such a manner that all 3 parties are covered for the duration of the term of tenancy. The policy shall not be cancelled or modified without prior written approval of the Landlord and the Management Office. 租戶於根據租約及此手冊購買保險時, 須於保單上訂明業主 管業處及租戶為共同受保人 在購買保險後, 如有任何在保單條文上的更改或修訂, 必須事先獲得業主及管業處書面同意 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

94 2.10 Other Rules 其他規則 Permitted Use 許可用途 a. Tenant shall only limit the activities prescribed in the tenancy agreement and shall not use the premises for any immoral or illegal purpose. 單位用途必須符合租約訂明的用途, 不可擅自更改用途, 或利用單位進行任何不道德非法行為 b. Nobody is allowed to sleep or stay overnight inside the premise. 不可於單位內留宿 Disturbance Prohibited 嚴禁滋擾 a. Soliciting for business or distributing of promotional and advertising pamphlets inside the building is prohibited without prior written approval from the Management Office. 除非獲得管業處書面批准, 大廈內嚴禁任何傳銷活動或派發宣傳及廣告單張 b. Tenants shall refrain from any activities that may cause nuisance, annoyances or disturbances to other tenants and occupiers in the building. 租戶須避免任何可能對其他租戶及大廈使用者造成滋擾 不便或干擾的行為 Security & Public Safety 保安及公眾安全 a. Storage of dangerous and inflammable goods inside the premises is prohibited. 單位內嚴禁貯藏任何危險或易燃物品 b. No machinery which could cause vibration or noise shall be installed without prior written approval from the Management Office. 除非獲得管業處書面批准, 租戶不可於單位內安裝任何會產生噪音或震動的機器 c. Tenants shall stop or avoid any queuing, gathering, congregating, picture or film-shooting or entertainment without getting approval from the Landlord and the Management Office that the activities are not properly conducted or is likely to cause a nuisance or disturbances to other tenants and occupiers, or to damage the image of the building. The Management Office reserves full and absolute right to stop such activities even it has been approved previously. 除非獲得業主及管業處書面批准, 租戶應停止及避免可能會引起任何形式的排隊等候 聚集 集會 娛樂或電影拍攝 就算上述活動已經獲得批准, 但如果於進行過程中對其他租戶及使用者造成滋擾或干擾, 或可能損害到大廈形象時, 管業處有權停止有關活動繼續進行 d. Tenant shall notify and consult the Management Office in respect of crowd control arrangement prior to launching of any promotional or sales activities CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 31 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

95 which are likely to attract high customer flow. 租戶於舉辦任何可能吸引到大量人流的推廣或銷售活動前, 應事先與管業處聯絡, 以便及早安排適當的人流管制措施 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 Common Area 公眾地方 a. Do not smoke in the building or any part thereof (including the shopping mall). 切勿於大廈內任何地方 ( 包括商場 ) 吸煙 b. No rubbish or material of any description is allowed to be left at the fire exit or other common area of the building. The Management Offices has the right to remove and dispose any obstructing articles without prior warning, and recover all concerned cost from the relevant tenant. 切勿於走火通道或任何公眾地方擺放雜物或垃圾 否則管業處有權於不給予事先警告前將有關物件清理棄置而不予賠償, 並向有關租戶追討清理費用 c. Tenant shall not pack or unpack any goods, merchandise or any other material outside the tenants premises. 租戶不可於單位範圍外進行貨物包裝或拆箱等活動 32 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

96 3 Emergency Events 緊急事項 3.1 Fire Alarm 消防警報 a. The fire alarm of the building will be activitied without advance notice under the following occasions: 於下列情況下 大廈的消防警鐘便會自動鳴響 : - if someone break the breakglass to report a fire; 當有人打破警鐘玻璃, 報告火警發生 ; - if someone break the breakage accidentally; 當有人意外打破警鐘玻璃 ; - if someone break the sprinkler head accidentally; 當有人意外打破消防花灑頭 ; - if the fire services pumping system is running due to damage of the automatic sprinkler head; 當自動消防花灑頭爆裂灑水, 而消防水泵開始運作 ; - if the smoke / heat detecter detect a fire; 當煙霧 / 熱力感應器感應到火警發生 ; - if the fire services pumping system is running due to unauthorised use of the fire hose reel; 當有人盜用消防龍頭用水, 而觸動消防水泵開始運作 ; - because of malfunction; 當系統發生故障 ; - fire shutters will not operate unless the fire is occurred in the building. 除非火警發生, 防火閘不會啟動 b. When the fire alarm goes off, inspection will be carried out by the Management Office to identify the cause of activation of fire alarm and its location. It may take minutes or longer to verify as the origin of alarm may be located within a leased premises. 當消防警報響起時, 管業處將進行視察以確定警報原因及位置 如事發現場位於已出租單位內, 有可能需要較長時間方可確定 c. Use the nearest fire escape and staircase, do not use the lift. 租戶撤離時請使用最近的走火通道及樓梯離開, 切勿乘搭升降機 d. Close the main entrance door and turn off all electrical devices before leaving the premises. Make sure no one is left behind. 租戶在離開單位前, 應關上大門及所有電器, 並確定沒有任何人逗留在單位內 e. Fire shutter will be activated only when the smoke / heat detecters inside the building detect a fire. In such case, it is advised that all tenants should follow the fire escape to leave immediately. 大廈內的防火閘門, 只會於煙霧 / 熱力感應器感應到火警時方會啟動 如遇上上述情況, 建議馬上循指定走火通道撤離 f. The Management Office will send a SMS message to all pre-registered tenants once the cause of activation of fire alarm is found. CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 33 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

97 於發現火警鐘響鳴的原因之後, 管業處將以手機短訊方式, 通知事前已登記有通訊號碼的租戶 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 3.2 Suspension of Water & Power Supply 暫停水電供應 a. Under normal circumstances, the Management Office will issue notice to all affected tenants before the scheduled suspension of services. 在正常情況下, 如管業處須進行維修工程而需要暫停水電供應之前, 將已通告形式通知受影響單位 b. In case the services suspension is caused by some unforeseeable causes, e.g. pipe burst, the Management Office will send a SMS message to all preregistered tenants for the cause of suspension and issue notice afterward. 如因突發事件或於不可預知的情況下影響到水電等供應時, 管業處將以手機短訊方式, 通知事前已登記有通訊號碼的租戶, 並於事後補發有關通告 3.3 Fire Precaution 防火措施 a. Tenant should be familiar with the location of fire alarm, fire extinguisher, fire hose reel and fire escape. 租戶應清楚警鐘 滅火筒 消防喉轆及走火通道的位置 b. Do not over-load the electrical wiring or connect too much electrical equipment on the same socket. 不可於同一插頭上連接過多電器, 以免電器負荷過重, 引致失火 c. Turn off all unnecessary electrical devices before leaving the premises. 離開單位前, 應把不需使用的電器關上 d. Do not store any dangerous, combustible or explosive substance inside the premises. 切勿於單位內貯存任何危險 易燃或爆炸品 e. Do not burn any joss stick, joss-paper or candles inside the premises. 切勿於單位內燃點香燭 冥鏹 f. Do not obstruct any passages, fire escapes and staircases. 切勿阻塞走火通道 出口或樓梯 g. Keep all smoke lobby doors closed at all times. 時常保持防煙門關上 Crime Prevention 防盜設施 a. Do not keep large amount of cash inside the premises. 應避免於單位內存放大量現金 b. Install proper burglary alarm inside the premises. 建議於單位內安裝適當的防盜系統 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

98 4. Appendix 附錄 4.1 Useful Contact List & Nominated Contractors 常用聯絡資料及指定承建商 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 35 Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

99 4.1 Useful Contact List & Nominated Contractors 常用聯絡資料及指定承建商 CDW BUILDING 中染大廈 CDW Building Related Management Office (HKR Limited) hours Control Centre hours Management Service Hotline Government Departments Police Station (Tsuen Wan District) Fire Services Station (Tsuen Wan District) Water Supplies Department Environmental Protection Department Labour Department Transport Department Post Office District Office (Tsuen Wan Office) Food and Environmental Hygiene Department (Tsuen Wan District) Rating & Valuation Department The Observatory Public Utilities China Light & Power Hotline Town Gas Hotline Yan Chai Hospital (A&E) HK Telecom Hutchison Global Communications Limited (HGC) 1222 HK Broadband Network Nominated Contractors Hsin Chong Interior (Hong Kong) Ltd General Decoration Atal Building Services Engineering Ltd. - Electrical system Communal Aerial Broadcast Distribution (CABD) System Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) System Fire services System Chan Chi Kee Co., Ltd Plumbing and Drainage System Skyforce Engineering Ltd Air conditioning system Johnson Cleaning Services Co. Ltd General cleaning, Bulk refuse collection, Grease trap cleaning Certis Centurion Facility Co. Ltd General security services Version 5 (Updated in May 2017) 第五版本 ( 於 2017 年 5 月更新 )

100 Part D APPENDIX B Fit-Out Area (for reference only) Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Appendix B

101 A/C PLANT PLATFORM A/C PLANT PLATFORM A/C PLANT PLATFORM A/C PLANT PLATFORM ELEC METER RM ELEC METER RM APPROX USABLE AREA = 1,410 m 2 LIFT SHAFT LIFT SHAFT LIFT LOBBY LIFT SHAFT LIFT SHAFT VOID STORE STORE RM STORE RM MALE TOILET MALE TOILET FEMALE TOILET FEMALE TOILET MODIFIED ELECT. METER RM CARGO LIFT CARGO LIFT LIFT LOBBY STORE 01 STORE 02 FIT-OUT AREA 25/F, CDW Building, 388 Castle Peak Road, Tsuen Wan, N.T. Scale A4

102 Part D APPENDIX C Photo A to Photo I (for reference only) Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Appendix C

103 Appendix C Photo A Office Room Photo B Workstations

104 Photo C Office Chairs Appendix C

105 Appendix C Photo D Foldable tables Photo E Tables at the breakout area

106 Appendix C Photo F Stackable chairs Photo G Sofas and coffee tables

107 Photo H Outdoor-look furniture Appendix C

108 Photo I Storage racks Appendix C

109 Part D APPENDIX D Photo AA1 to Photo AA6 (for reference only) Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part D Appendix D

110 Photo AA1 Pixel Comic Heroes Theme Appendix D

111 Photo AA2 Company Logo Wall Appendix D

112 Appendix D Photo AA3 Glazed metal frame partition Photo AA4 Translucent graphic film on glazed partition

113 Photo AA5 Telephone Booth Appendix D

114 Photo AA6 Realistic timber-look vinyl plank flooring with patterns Appendix D

115 HONG KONG CYBERPORT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LIMITED ( 香港數碼港管理有限公司 ) Part E Specification Technical Particulars for Design and Build Project for Off-Campus Co-Working Space for Hong Kong Cyberport Management Co. Ltd. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Part E

116 1 GENERALLY 1.1 The Technical Specifications are of a general type only and must be read in conjunction with the appropriate manufacturer's instructions, the Drawings and the General Specification. 2 Stainless Steel Generally 2.1 All stainless steel shall be in grade 316 for internal use unless otherwise specified. 2.2 All finishes shall be polished unless specified as in the Contract Drawings and in accordance with BS1449, PE 2, Minimum thickness shall be 2mm. 3 Lighting 3.1 All LED lighting shall be minimum 3-year warranty unless otherwise specified. 4. Carpet tiles Material Specifications: Fiber: Tuffed weight: Average pile yarn wt: Primary backing: Installation: Size: Nylon Approx. 20 oz. Not less than 3000 oz/cubic yd Synthetic Fully adhesive without VOC Each tile is 450mm 600mm square Compliance: Local Government and building codes in flammability / IAQ / static resistant / acoustic Cushion Pad: Protective Treatment: Warranty: Style / Pattern: Not necessary with secondary built-in backing Soil resistant treatment Manufacturer shall guarantee their product against delamination, zippering, edge ravel, excessive To be submitted for approval All carpet shall comply with British Standard 5287 as conforming to the low radius of fire spread (up to 35mm) Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 2 of 77

117 5. IT Infrastructure System Installation Specification of IT Infrastructure System at 25/F CDW Building The IT Infrastructure System scope of work would include the following areas/functions: 1. Structure Cabling System 2. Equipment Rack System 3. Networking System 4. Wi-Fi System 5. CCTV System 6. AV System Specification The proposed system should consist of, but not limited to the following components: 1. Structure Cabling System Overall The Contractor shall be responsible for the design, supply, installation, wiring, testing and commissioning of UTP and Fibre Cabling Systems as specified in this Specification and Drawings. The Structured Cabling System shall include both vertical and horizontal portions. The vertical portion include OM3 multi-mode fibre distributing from the Main Distribution Frame in the Server room to Intermediate Distribution Frame in Rooms at various location while the horizontal portion include LSOH Cat 6 4-pair UTP horizontal cabling from Intermediate Distribution Frames in Rooms to individual data/voice and other network equipment. All copper cable termination shall comply with, and be tested to ANSI/TIA/EIA 568 standards for Category 6 (CAT 6) installation. All wiring, terminations and patch bays between these designated demarcation points and outlet locations designated on the plans shall be considered part of the supply work. Outlets (jacks) shall be provided, wired and installed by the Contractor. The following section will describe in detail the technical specifications of each item. Product Structure Cabling System (SCS) Workmanship Requirements: 1. General 1.1. Components of the SCS system shall be installed in a neat, workmanlike manner. Wiring colour codes shall be strictly observed and terminations shall be uniform throughout the system. Identification markings and systems shall be uniform. TIA/EIA 568B wiring codes as shown on the drawings shall standardize all Structured Cabling System wiring. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 3 of 77

118 Workmanship Requirements: The wiring system components of the development shall comply with all product specifications contained in other Section and will consist of the following: 1.2. a. Cable Installation I. The Contractor shall observe the bending radius and pulling strength requirements of the UTP and fibre optic cable according to manufacturer s recommendation during handling and installation. II. Each run of cable between connecting hardware shall be continuous without any joints or splices. III. All fibre shall run in cable containment system and terminated at the patch panels with ST or SC type connectors in rack mounted Lightguide Interconnect Unit equipped with sufficient panels, couplers and jumper storage shelves to terminate and secure all fibre. IV. In suspended ceiling and raised floor areas where walker duct, cable trays or conduit are not available, the Contractor shall bundle station wiring with plastic cable ties at appropriate distances. The cable bundling shall be supported via "J" hooks attached to the existing building structure and framework. Plenum cable shall be used in areas as specified. V. If the interior of walls is not obstructed, the Contractor shall conceal horizontal distribution wiring internally within the walls. If such obstructions exist, the Contractor shall secure approval prior to the use of alternate method. VI. VII. VIII. Every effort shall be made to schedule the requirements under this Contractor in such a manner so as to complete all above ceiling work prior to ceiling installation. In the event Contractor is required to remove ceiling tiles, cut access opening on gypsum board ceiling, such Works shall not break or disturb grid and must be coordinated with the Main Contractor. The UTP cable shall be Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) listed type MPR, MPP, CMR, or CMP as stated elsewhere in this Specification. The Contractor shall provide with detailed cable run diagrams for cable runs within raised floors detailing exact locations of cable for review and approval after coordination with Main Contractor. IX. Conduit runs installed by this Contractor shall not exceed 10m or contain more than two 90-degree bends without utilizing appropriately sized pull boxes. X. Station cables and tie cables installed within ceiling spaces shall be routed through XI. XII. these spaces at right angles to electrical power circuits wherever applicable. All cables shall be provided with labels identifying the destination, source, cable type, number of cable cores. The distance between each label on every cable shall not be greater than 10m. Hand written label is not acceptable. Sealing of openings between floors, through rated fire and smoke walls, existing or created for the Structured Cabling System for cable pass through shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Sealing material and application of this material shall be accomplished in such a manner which is acceptable to the local fire and building authorities having jurisdiction over this work. Any openings created for this Contractor and left unused shall also be sealed as part of this work. Technical Requirements: 1. UTP Outlet 1.1. Be independently verified for category 6 compliance 1.2. Be UL listed for plenum environments Be available in black, white, red, grey, yellow, blue, green, orange, ivory, bright white, light ivory and alpine white Have available a gravity feed (45 degree angled) design to help control patch cord bend radius as well as flush mount design Utilizes TRI-BALANCE technology with optimized pair balance design and linear crosstalk response to address applications up to 250 MHz Have 310 style insulation displacement connectors with quadrant pair isolation and a Pyramid wire entry system Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 4 of 77

119 Technical Requirements: 1.7. Allow termination with a single conductor impact tool 1.8. Have a patented curved or crowned contact shape, eliminating the risk of permanent contact deformation due to mechanical stress and ensure that arcing that occurs during mating and unmating under load will not affect the mating integrity of both the outlet and the plug contacts Compliant to IEC Have available termination aid (included with each box of 20) for stabilization of module to facilitate lacing and impact during termination Modules should feature category markings on front and rear of outlet Be backwards compatible to allow lower performing categories of cables or connecting hardware to operate to their full capacity Have rear protective strain relief caps with side or rear entry, which can be installed onto cable before or after termination Support industry standards for T568A or T568B wiring options on each individual outlet Allow installation from the front or rear of the faceplate, and allow for the jack to pass through the faceplate without re-termination Shall side-stackable for high-density solutions Have a colour matching protective, hinged or flexible door to protect the outlet from dust and other airborne contaminants Provide colour-coded, slide-in icons available for circuit identification Allow for a minimum of 200 terminations without signal degradation below standards compliance limits Be constructed of high impact, flame-retardant thermoplastic Have, as an option, an outlet, which can be mounted into an IEC compliant opening (keystone) Must be certified by Underwriters Laboratories to United States Standards and C22.2 Canadian Telecommunications Standards Meet the following performance specifications: Margin over category 250MHz Parameters Worst Case Typical Insertion Loss (db) NEXT* (db) FEXT* (db) Return Loss (db) UTP CAT 6 Twisted-Pair Cabling Surpass the most severe category 6 requirements provided in the Industry for both ANSI/TIA- 568-C.2 and ISO/IEC standards Have a round cable jacket available in both a CMP & CMR jacket option with a nominal cable O.D. of less than or equal to 5.84 mm (0.22 in.) 2.3. Have a construction comprised of 4-pairs of 23 AWG solid bare copper conductors 2.4. Utilize a centre isolation member to maintain pair geometry for optimal NEXT performance 2.5. Have a rip cord installed under the jacket for jacket removal 2.6. Be available in CM, CMR, and LS0H rated jacket constructions 2.7. Have reverse sequential measurement markings on jacket 2.8. Be available in grey (CM), blue (CMR), and violet (LS0H) jacket colours Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 5 of 77

120 Technical Requirements: Meet the following electrical & physical specifications: 2.9. Provide the following worse case 100m, transmission performance guarantees: Faceplate 3.1. Shall applicable to both fibre and copper applications All outlets shall be provided with Angled RJ45 faceplate (45 degree) 3.3. Shall available in 1-, 2-, 3-, 4- and 6-port single-gang configurations Allow modules to be removed from the front of the faceplate Allow UTP modules to pass through faceplates even after termination Shall write on designation labels for circuit identification together with a transparent plastic cover Feature easily removable designation label covers which can be removed without use of tools Shall have as a minimum the standard colours of white, bright white, and alpine white. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 6 of 77

121 Technical Requirements: 3.9. Shall have optional modular furniture adapters available Shall have surface mount boxes single gang faceplates. 4. CAT 6 Patch Panel 4.1. Be made of black anodized aluminium available in 16-, 24-, 32-, 48- and 96-port configurations with optional 12-port version for mounting on 89 style bracket 4.2. Accommodate at least 24 ports for each rack mount space (1RMS = 44.5 mm [1.75 in.]) 4.3. Be available in an angled version for both 24 and 48 Port configurations Utilizes TRI-BALANCE technology with optimized pair balance design and linear crosstalk response to address applications up to 250 MHz Have 310 style insulation displacement connectors with quadrant pair isolation and a Pyramid wire entry system 4.6. Allow termination with a single conductor impact tool Be backwards compatible to allow lower performing categories of cables or connecting hardware to operate to their full capacity Shall have rear protective strain relief caps which can be installed onto cable before or after cable termination I. Support industry standards for T568A or T568B wiring options on each individual outlet II. Have modular outlets compliant with FCC CFR 47 part 68 subpart F and IEC with 50 micro-inches of gold plating over nickel contacts III. Be fully enclosed front and rear for physical protection of printed circuit board IV. Have a rear cable management bar for strain relief included with each panel V. Have individual port identification numbers permanently marked on both the front and rear of the panel VI. Display category performance markings on front of panel VII. Include adhesive circuit identification and color-coding designation strips with each VIII. panel Provide self-adhesive, clear label holders and white designation labels with the panel, with optional color labels available IX. Must be certified by Underwriters Laboratories to United States Standards and C22.2 Canadian Telecommunications Standards X. Must meet the following performance specifications: 5. CAT 6 Patch Cord 5.1. Margin over category 250MHz Parameters Worst Case Typical Insertion Loss (db) NEXT* (db) FEXT* (db) Return Loss (db) * Tested in both Differential and Common modes Be factory assembled and 100% transmission tested with laboratory grade network analyser for proper performance up to 250 MHz 5.2. Be backwards compatible with lower performing categories Be equipped with identical modular 8-position plugs on both ends, wired straight through with standards compliant wiring Utilize patented metallic isolator shields pairs inside plug for optimum NEXT performance and a 360-degree crimp for providing excellent plug-to-cable strain relief without causing pair deformation 5.5. Obtain the required performance without use of printed circuit board components Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 7 of 77

122 Technical Requirements: Incorporate internal stranded cordage isolator within a round, flame-retardant jacket to provide extended flex life and maintain ideal pair geometry Have a boot that features an ultra slim design for high density applications and snag free operation. Use modular plugs which exceed FCC CFR 47 part 68 subpart F and IEC specifications, have 50 micro-inches minimum of gold plating over nickel contacts and are resistant to corrosion from humidity, extreme temperatures, and airborne contaminants Be available in standard lengths of 3, 5, 7, 10, 15 and 20 ft. with custom lengths available upon request Offer multiple cable colours (with ultra slim boots for high density applications) in standard colours of black, white, red, grey, yellow, blue and green for proper circuit identification Be certified by Underwriters Laboratories to United States Standards and C22.2 Canadian Telecommunications Standards Meet the following performance specifications: Fibre Cables OM Be factory assembled and 100% transmission tested with laboratory grade network analyser for proper performance up to 250 MHz 6.2. Be backwards compatible with lower performing categories Be equipped with identical modular 8-position plugs on both ends, wired straight through with standards compliant wiring Utilize patented metallic isolator shields pairs inside plug for optimum NEXT performance and a 360-degree crimp for providing excellent plug-to-cable strain relief without causing pair deformation Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 8 of 77

123 Technical Requirements: 6.5. Obtain the required performance without use of printed circuit board components Incorporate internal stranded cordage isolator within a round, flame-retardant jacket to provide extended flex life and maintain ideal pair geometry Have a boot that features an ultra slim design for high density applications and snag free operation. Use modular plugs which exceed FCC CFR 47 part 68 subpart F and IEC specifications, have 50 micro-inches minimum of gold plating over nickel contacts and are resistant to corrosion from humidity, extreme temperatures, and airborne contaminants Be available in standard lengths of 3, 5, 7, 10, 15 and 20 ft. with custom lengths available upon request Offer multiple cable colours (with ultra slim boots for high density applications) in standard colours of black, white, red, grey, yellow, blue and green for proper circuit identification Be certified by Underwriters Laboratories to United States Standards and C22.2 Canadian Telecommunications Standards Meet the following performance specifications: Fibre Patch Panel Not be bigger than one rack mount space and accommodate up to 36 ports for SC, LC or ST adapter plates or 18 ports for FC. Have preloaded adapter plates with ST and SC fibre adapters in 6 and 8-port version, as well as a 12-port version for the SC, and LC adapters Have blank adapter plates for future growth of the fibre infrastructure Have six and eight port fibre adapter plates, which allow for colour coding connectors. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 9 of 77

124 Technical Requirements: 7.5. Have fibre adapter plates with snap-in installation and one-finger removal Accommodate hybrid adapter plates for ST-to-SC or SC-to-ST connections Shall modular in design with internal fibre managers that provide slack storage to comply with fibre bend radius and the recommended slack storage length. Shall have a Snap-On front shield to be used as a labelling surface and to protect jumpers. This shield can also relocate to another position during termination to maintain circuit identification Accommodates a splice tray for mechanical or fusion splices Be available with a drawer mechanism, which allows the panel to slide forward or to the rear, and has defeat able latches to allow removal from the rack or cabinet. Must be certified by Underwriters Laboratories to United States Standards and C22.2 Canadian Telecommunications Standards. 8. Fibre Adapter 8.1. Be provided in options that offer interfaces to LC terminated jumpers and pigtails Offer a 12, 24, 72 and 96 Strand MTP to MTP pass through adapter plate 8.3. LC universally accept both multimode 8.4. Include Red, Blue, Black and Clear coloured icons for port identification 8.5. Be made of high impact flame-retardant thermoplastic. 9. Fibre Patch Cord Shall available in standard lengths of 1, 2, 3 and 5 meters with custom lengths available upon request Utilize 50/125m duplex multimode fibre cable that is available in OFNR, ONFP and LSOH grade and meets the requirements of NEC/NFPA 70 Section (B) Shall have a push-pull boot design to enhance installation and removal in high density patching environments. Shall have a rotating latch design to aid in polarity changes that does not damage the connector or the cable Clear identification when the polarity has been changed Feature premium fibre that meets IEEE 802.3ae 10 Gigabit Ethernet requirements as well as IEC and TIA 492AAAC specifications for laser bandwidth Differential Modal Delay (DMD) specifications Offer a superior connector polish that meets Telcordia and ISO/IEC specifications for end-face geometry (including radius of curvature, apex offset, and spherical undercut) Use cable and connectors that are complaint with colour coding specifications as listed in ANSI/TIA-568-C.3 and ANSI/TIA-598-C 9.9. Utilize precision zirconia ceramic ferrules on connectors Include dust caps on all assemblies Be 100% optically tested to meet the following performance specifications: Parameter 50/125m OM3/OM4 850nm 1300nm 850nm* Min. Cable Bandwidth (MHzkm) 1500/ / /4700 Max. Insertion Loss (db) 0.50 (0.10 Typical) Min. Return Loss (db) 30 (35 Typical) * Laser bandwidth 10. Cable Manager Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 10 of 77

125 Technical Requirements: The Horizontal Cable Management shall be mounted above and below each patch panel. a. Front Wire Mangers I. Shall have 1, 2 and 4 RMS versions available. II. Shall available in both 4 and 6 Deep Versions III. Shall have available wire managers with Covers to conceal Equipment Patch Cords IV. Shall available in a Multi-Access Configuration with pass-through holes for easy routing of cables. Testing and Commissioning 1. General Prior to carrying out the testing, the Contractor shall submit testing procedure, test form, and test schedule for the HKCMCL s approval. All testing equipment shall be properly calibrated by authorized organization with valid calibration certificate. The entire system shall be tested end to end in accordance with international specifications stated in this Specification, conforming to manufacturer s requirement and warranty. The Contractor shall bring any link not meeting the requirements of the standard into compliance at no charge to the HKCMCL Documentation shall be submitted in both hard copy and soft copy in CD or floppy diskette. 2. UTP Copper Cable 2.1. Testing of all copper cables shall be performed prior to system cutover percent of the horizontal and riser cables shall be tested for opens, shorts, polarity reversals, transposition and presence of AC voltage Data horizontal wiring pairs shall be tested from the network outlet to the IDF % of the cable runs shall be tested for conformance to the relevant specifications stated in this Specification. Test shall include length, mutual capacitance, characteristic impedance, attenuation, and nearend crosstalk, return loss etc. Near end crosstalk measurements shall be done at both end of the network outlet and the crossconnect. Testing of UTP copper cabling systems shall include, but not limited to, the following parameters: 3. Fibre Cables Length Attenuation Worst pair-to-pair NEXT Power sum NEXT Return loss (applicable only for cables length >20m) Worst pair-to-pair ELFEXT Power sum ELFEXT Propagation delay Delay skew Balance All links shall be characterized up to 250 MHz Test shall be bi-directional from the IDF to the network outlets. Test results shall be for (Link or Channel Test) 3.1. All fibre testing shall be performed on all fibres in the completed end to end system There shall be no splices unless otherwise approved by the HKCMCL Testing shall consist of a bi-directional end to end OTDR trace performed per EIA/TIA or a bidirectional end to end power meter test performed per EIA/TIA A. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 11 of 77

126 Testing and Commissioning 3.4. The system loss measurements shall be provided at 850 nanometers and 1300 nanometers for multimode fibre Testing Equipment and Instrumentation: Fluke Networks DSX-5000 / DTX-1800 Particulars on Quality Assurance 1. General Supplied cabling products specified in this Section with a minimum of seven (7) years experience and shall be ISO 9001 Certified The Contractor selected to provide the installation of this system shall be certified by the manufacturing company in all aspects of design, installation and testing of the products described herein, and have a minimum of five (5) years experience on similar Structured Cabling Systems The products of the same type shall be of the same brand The factories of both copper and fibre cables shall be certified to ISO9000 level or above, copies of the certificates must be presented. All design and installation engineers shall go through relevant trainings and be certified. The copies of the certificates shall be submitted upon response to the tender. The respondent shall have proven track records in installation and project management experience. At least three similar capacity job references in Hong Kong shall be provided. Supplied cabling products specified in this Section with a minimum of seven (7) years experience and shall be ISO 9001 Certified Warranty 1. General A fifteen (15) years Extended Product Warranty and System Assurance Warranty for this wiring system shall be provided. The System Assurance shall cover the failure of the wiring system to support the application which it was designed to support, as well as additional application(s) introduced in the future by recognized standards or user forums that use the TIA/EIA 568B or ISO IEC IS component and link/channel specifications for cabling, for a fifteen (15) year period. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 12 of 77

127 2. Equipment Rack System The following section will describe in detail the technical specifications of each equipment. Product 42-U Server Rack Technical Requirements: 1. General 1.1. Each Equipment Rack shall incorporate forty-two (42) Rack Units (RU) Each shall have dimensions (H x W x D) not exceeding 2000 x 600 x 1070 mm Each shall incorporate two (2) detachable side panels with Mesh type 1.4. Each shall incorporate front and rear doors with Mesh type 1.5. Each shall lockable on side panels, front and rear doors 1.6. Each shall contain cabinet cooling fan with at least 4 fans with 1U rack mountable and support air blow up or down 1.7. Each shall incorporate four (4) castors with brake Each shall incorporate two (2) power bars vertically mounted on the back of the Equipment Rack. Each power bar shall incorporate at least eight (8) 13A sockets. Each shall come with two (2) wide cable trays vertically mounted from bottom to top on both sides, at least one hundred (100) cages nuts and one hundred (100) screws, and at least two (2) heavy duty fixed shelves Shall support up to 3,000 lb load capacity Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 13 of 77

128 3. Network System The Contractor shall supply and install WAN routers, distribution switch and network switches (access layer). There will be two (2) gigabit metro ethernet links (may be upgraded to 10 Gbps links in the future) providing active-active connections from Cyberport main campus (Primary Site) and CITIC Data Centre (Secondary Site) respectively to this Off-Campus Co-Working Space. (Please refer to network diagram in Appendix A) The proposed solution must able to connect and integrated with the Cyberport Campus IT&T network infrastructure without changing to the overall network architecture are expected as a result of this exercise, though Contractors are welcome to suggest otherwise with appropriate justification. The proposed Network System must fulfil all requirements as stated in this section. Any proposal which fails to fully meet the requirements will not be considered. a. WAN Router Product Warranty WAN Router Maintenance and support service from original manufacturers for 12 months 24x7 coverage with 4-hour advance equipment replacement Configuration Requirements: 1. General 1.1. The proposed system shall be the latest model and can be integrated and compatible with the existing network infrastructure of main campus The proposed system shall be chassis based The proposed system shall be scalable to support built-in redundant routing engines The proposed system shall support redundant AC power supplies 1.5. The proposed system shall support at least 4 x expansion slots for interface expansion 1.6. The proposed system should come with at least 4 x 10GbE ports and can be license enabled The proposed system shall be scalable to support up to not less than 80 x 1GbE SFP ports 1.8. The proposed system shall not be larger than 3.5 RU 1.9. The proposed system shall be modular architecture design Technical Requirements: 1. General The proposed system shall support the following routing protocols: OSPF 1.1. OSPF3 ISIS BGPv4 and BGPv The proposed system shall support multi-chassis LAG The proposed system shall support non-stop switching The proposed system shall support VRRP. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 14 of 77

129 Technical Requirements: 1.5. The proposed system shall support non-stop routing for all the following protocols: BGP MPLS OSPF OPSFv3 VRRP ISIS EVPN VXLAN 1.6. The proposed system shall support hardware VXLAN VTEP features The proposed system shall support EVPN single home and multi-homing functions (active/active and active/standby) deployment. The proposed system shall support EVPN MAC mobility extended community string to handling MAC duplication The proposed system shall support EVPN default gateway extended community string The proposed system shall support EVPN aliasing The proposed system shall support EVPN to minimize ARP flooding The proposed system shall support the following routes and MACs scalability: Not less than 1 million IPv4 forwarding table Not less than 512K IPv6 forwarding table Not less than 4 million IPv4 routing table Not less than 3 million IPv6 routing table Not less than 512K MAC address The proposed system shall support the following ACL types: IP based marking and classification (IPv4, IPv6) - Source/Destination Address - Source/Destination Port - IP Protocol Type - TOS/DSCP bit - TTL - Source/Destination Interface - Protocol Type - IP Flags (TCP SYN, ACK, RST, etc) MAC based marking and classification - Specific Action on ACL match - Transmit/Drop/Police - Count/Log - Manipulate frame/packet The proposed system shall support OAM features, ETH-DY Y.1731, 802.1ag, 802.3ah LFM The proposed system shall support the followings for SDN and automation purposes: NETCONF YANG Data model Openflow PCEP BGP-LS BGP-Flowspec The proposed system shall support QoS features, including traffic policing (ingress and egress), per vlan queueing (ingress and egress), IP precedence classifier and rewrite, and classification based DSCP, EXP and 802.1p The proposed system shall support IPSec VPN features The proposed system shall support logical system and virtual router partitioning. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 15 of 77

130 Technical Requirements: The proposed system shall support the following network management features: NTP Syslog SNMPv2/v3 VRF-ware SNMP trap Switches shall support Simple Network Management Protocol (snmp) version 2 and version 3 for management and monitoring purposes and shall be confirmed compatible with the following Cyberport NOC network management tools: ScienceLogic EM7 Nagios XI Enterprise Fluke Networks Netflow Tracker Cacti MRTG * If the proposed switch is not fully compatible with the above management tools, Contractor should include a management tool for the management of the proposed switches. 2. System and scaling 2.1. Non-blocking switching/forwarding (Layer 2 and Layer 3 traffic) 2.2. Unconditionally transmit/receive traffic including Broadcast/Multicast, Known/Unknown unicast without affecting routing engine 2.3. Segregation of forwarding and control plane 2.4. It shall support ability to characterize data traffic pattern to facilitate more accurate capacity planning Netflow v9 Ipfix 2.5. It shall support 802.1Q VLAN, the VLAN number should be not less than 4K 2.6. It shall support AC or DC power supplies 2.7. It shall be modular in design 2.8. Ability to partition system into logical devices 3. Availability 3.1. It shall have redundancy power supply connected 3.2. It shall have redundant routing engine 4. Interfaces 4.1. At least four (4) slots for line modules 4.2. Shall support 9192 MTU size 4.3. Shall support IEEE 802.3ad 4.4. Support digital diagnosis monitoring (DDM) 4.5. Shall support Multi-chassis LAG 4.6. Mechanism to suppress interface flapping 5. Filtering 5.1. IP based marking and classification (IPv4, IPv6) Source/Destination Address Source/Destination Port TOS/DSCP bit Source/Destination Interface Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 16 of 77

131 Technical Requirements: 5.2. IP based marking and classification (IPv4, IPv6) IP Protocol Type TTL Protocol Type IP Flags (TCP SYN, ACK, RST, etc) 5.3. MAC based marking and classification 5.4. Per source or destination IP address policing on a large subnet 5.5. Shall support location specific learnt prefixes with accounting 5.6. Specific Action on ACL match 6. Protocols Transmit/Drop/Police Count/Log Manipulate frame/packet 6.1. BGP (both ibgp and ebgp) 6.2. Static Route and default route 6.3. Routing Protocol Configurable metric-in/metric-out Configurable timers for tuning Route summarization Redistribution of other protocols 6.4. Virtual Route Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) both IPv4 and IPv Shall support IGP that supports both IPv4 and IPv Policy Routing based on source or destination IP address 6.7. To support scaling ibgp, equipment should support the following features: Route reflector 6.8. To support scaling ibgp, equipment should support the following features: Confederation 6.9. It shall support EVPN It shall support L3VPN It shall have the capabilities to support hierarchical QoS It shall support virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) It shall support hardware VTEP gateway It shall interop with existing aggregation switch for EVPN over VXLAN It shall be able to stitch EVPN over MPLS with EVPN over VXLAN with both internal links or external links EVPN shall support the following mechanism All-active Single-active EVPN mac-pinning for security EVPN over VXLAN support MAC mobility community string EVPN route type 5 support EVPN with multiple virtual switch instances EVPN anycast gateway EVPN support bringing down CE link when WAN link is all down EVPN and VPLS interop in single instance Support both Layer 2 and Layer 3 on the same bridge domain Support for Proxy ARP and ARP suppression to reduce flood traffic across the WAN EVPN shall support the following mechanism Support for Proxy ARP and ARP suppression to reduce flood traffic across the WAN Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 17 of 77

132 Technical Requirements: It shall support EVPN over VXLAN for inter-site connectivity It shall have the option to support EVPN over MPLS for inter-site connectivity It shall be able to fully utilize all active links in the proposed network topology It shall have mechanism to have L2 broadcast/multicast/unknown unicast control mechanism The proposed solution should be able to provide multi-tenancy to segregate the different networks 7. Automation 7.1. Shall support Netconf and Yang 7.2. Shall support different scripting languages: XSLT, SLAX and Python 7.3. Shall provide configuration auditing tool that can be used to manually trigger audit checks and automatically trigger audit check whenever changes are made to the device 7.4. Shall support Python interpreter included in the operating system b. Distribution Switch Product Warranty Distribution Switch Maintenance and support service from original manufacturers for 12 months 24x7 coverage with 4-hour advance equipment replacement Configuration Requirements: 1. General 1.1. The quoted network switch shall be the latest model and can be integrated and compatible with the existing network infrastructure. Technical Requirements: 1. General 1.1. Switches shall utilise n+1 redundant power supplies Power supplies shall be rated to not less than 90% efficiency Switches shall utilise n+1 redundant cooling fans where necessary Switches shall support a mix of 1Gbps fibre-optic or copper and 10Gbps fibre-optic ports. Singlemode and multi-mode fibre shall be supported. Switches shall support 40Gbps connectivity, either through direct 40Gbps ports or through the use of four-to-one conversion cables. Contractors shall indicate what, if any, additional equipment and/or software shall be required to adopt 40Gbps connectivity as well as any prerequisite changes to the CON. Costs for any changes to the CON shall be included in the Contractor proposal. Power supplies, fan units and port-providing modules shall support Online Insertion and Removal (OIR). Any given switch or aggregated group of switches, as appropriate, shall initially have no more than 60% of its total port capacity utilised. The remaining 40% capacity shall be usable through the addition of further modules and/or aggregated switches rather than the replacement of existing modules and/or switches. Overall oversubscription ratio shall not exceed 2:1. Contractors shall explicitly indicate where any installed ports must be left unused to satisfy this requirement Switches shall support IEEE 802.3ad port aggregation. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 18 of 77

133 Technical Requirements: Switches shall support Simple Network Management Protocol (snmp) version 2 and version 3 for management and monitoring purposes and shall be confirmed compatible with the following Cyberport NOC network management tools: ScienceLogic EM7 Nagios XI Enterprise Fluke Networks Netflow Tracker Cacti MRTG * If the proposed switch is not fully compatible with the above management tools, Contractor should include a management tool for the management of the proposed switches. Switches shall support time synchronisation via Simple Network Time Protocol (sntp) or Network Time Protocol (ntp). Switches shall also be able to act as an NTP master clock to downstream devices. Switches shall support persistent internal logging, whereby any recently logged events are still viewable even if the switch has been restarted. Switches shall support real time log export to an external syslog server. Such log export shall have no impact to the internal log. Switches shall support Netflow or its functional equivalent. Contractors shall indicate whether such data export is of a sampled nature. Switches shall support Switched Port Analyser (SPAN) and Remote SPAN, or their functional equivalent. Contractors shall indicate the maximum number of concurrent sessions that can be supported. Switches shall support Control Plan Policing (CoPP) or equivalent to protect against Denial of Service (Dos) attacks or inadvertent misconfiguration. Switches shall support configuration via an encrypted connection such as ssh or ssl. Unencrypted configuration methods shall be capable of being disabled. Switches shall support Role-Based Access Control (RBAC), either internally or via an external system such as TACACS. Switches shall provide an out-of-band Ethernet-based management port, and a USB type B console port Switches shall support the use of USB thumb drives for software upgrade or data export Switches shall be FCC Class A compliant Contractors shall explain their software release and software maintenance lifecycles. 2. Layer 2 Features 2.1. Switches shall be capable of at least 200 million packets per second (Mbps) switching and bridging throughput Switches shall support at least 64,000 MAC addresses Switches shall support up to 4,096 distinct Virtual LANs (VLANs) Switches shall support jumbo frames, that is frames with greater than 1500 bytes of payload data, up to a maximum frame size of 9,216 bytes Switches shall support port-based access control Switches shall support MAC address-based access control Switches shall support Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) or equivalent functionality to minimise spanning tree convergence time. Switches shall support layer-2 rate limiting configuration. Contractor shall indicate the maximum number of concurrent limiters supported. Switches shall support 802.1x-compliant port access control. Use of distinct voice and data VLANs on a single port with 802.1x access control shall be supported. 3. Layer 3 Features 3.1. Switches shall be capable of at least 1.76Tbps Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 19 of 77

134 Technical Requirements: 3.2. Switches shall support at least 128,000 IPv4 and 64,000 IPv6 routes Switches shall support at least 32,000 multicast IPv4 routes and 16,000 IPv6 routes Switches shall support common routing protocols, including but not limited to OSPF v2, OSPF v3 and BGP. Switches shall be capable of acting as a DHCP server for both IPv4 and IPv6 concurrently, shall support the transparent relay of IPv4 and IPv6 DHCP requests to a centralised DHCP server, and shall incorporate features to protect against the use of unauthorised DHCP servers Switches shall support hardware-assisted IPv4 and IPv6 Network Address Translation (NAT) Switches shall support first hop redundancy protocols such as HSRP, VRRP or their equivalent Switches shall support routing of jumbo frames. c. Network Switch (Access Layer) Product Warranty Network Switch (Access Layer) Maintenance and support service from original manufacturers for 12 months 24x7 coverage with 4-hour advance equipment replacement Configuration Requirements: 1. General 1.1. The quoted network switch shall be the latest model and can be integrated and compatible with the existing network infrastructure. Technical Requirements: 1. General 1.1. Shall support 48 x 10/100/1000 Ethernet RJ-45 PoE ports, and 4 x 1G SFP or 2 x 10G SFP+ ports (optics not included) 1.2. Support internal dual power supplies PoE Power Budget PoE+ Power Budget (W): 740W (1 Power) / 1440W (2 Powers) Total 30W PoE+ Ports That Can Be Enabled on all 48 ports Total 15.4W PoE Ports That Can Be Enabled on all 48 ports Switches aggregation Supports 10G/40G fibre uplink to form aggregation group of switches to interconnect up to 9 units as a single logical device. The aggregated group of switches shall support interconnect capacity at least 160 Gbps Physical Spanning Tree Auto medium-dependent interface/medium-dependent interface crossover (MDI/MDIX) support Port speed downshift/setting maximum advertised speed on 10/100/1000BASE-T ports Spanning Tree Protocol (802.1D) Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (802.1s): Number of MST instances: 64 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (802.1w) Per VLAN Rapid Spanning Tree: Number of VSTP instances: 128 Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 20 of 77

135 Technical Requirements: Quality of Service (QoS) Layer 2 QoS Layer 3 QoS Ingress policing: two-rate three-color Hardware queues per port: p, DiffServ code point (DSCP/IP) precedence trust and marking L2-L4 classification criteria, including Interface, MAC address, EtherType, 802.1p, VLAN, IP address, DSCP/IP precedence, and TCP/UDP port numbers Congestion avoidance capabilities: Tail drop Multicast IGMP snooping IGMP v1 PIM SM, PIM SSM, PIM DM Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Access Control Lists (ACLs) Port-based ACL (PACL) VLAN-based ACL (VACL) Router-based ACL (RACL) ACL counter for denied packets ACL counter for permitted packets L2-L4 ACL Static MAC authentication Media Access Control Security (MACsec) High Availability Link aggregation: 802.3ad (LACP) support Number of link aggregation groups (LAGs) supported: 128 Maximum number of ports per LAG: 8 Nonstop routing on OSPFv2 Nonstop software upgrade (NSSU) Access Security MAC limiting Allowed MAC addresses, configurable per port Dynamic ARP inspection (DAI) Proxy ARP Static ARP support DHCP snooping 802.1X port-based Services and Manageability Web interface: Out-of-band management: Serial, 10/100BASE-T Ethernet Real-time performance monitoring (RPM) or equivalent SNMP: v1, v2c, v3 Remote monitoring (RMON) Network Time Protocol (NTP) DHCP server DHCP client and DHCP relay RADIUS authentication TACACS+ authentication SSHv2 System logging sflow or NetFlow Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 21 of 77

136 Technical Requirements: Troubleshooting Debugging: CLI via console, Telnet or SSH Diagnostics: Show and debug cmd, statistics Traffic mirroring (port) Mirroring destination ports per system: 4 Safety Certifications UL CAN/CSA 22.2 No EN Electromagnetic Compatibility Certifications Telco FCC 47CFR Part 15 Class A EN Class A ICES-003 Class A VCCI Class A CISPR 22 Class A EN CLEI code 2. Layer 2 Features Layer 3 Features IPv4 IPv6 Maximum media access control (MAC) addresses per system: 32,000 Jumbo frames: 9,198 bytes Voice VLAN IEEE 802.1AB Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) LLDP-MED with VoIP integration Packet-Switching Capacities (Maximum with 64-Byte Packets): 92Gbps Layer 2/Layer 3 Throughput (Mbps) (Maximum with 64 Byte Packets): 68.4Mbps Number of ARP entries: not less than 8,000 Number of IPv4 unicast routes: not less than 14,000 Number of IPv4 multicast routes: not less than 4,000 Provide Routing Protocols: RIP v1/v2, Static routing Support Routing Protocols: OSPF v2, BGP, IS-IS Layer 3 redundancy: VRRP IP directed broadcast traffic forwarding Virtual router (VRF-Lite) supporting RIP, OSPF Provide Filter-based forwarding (FBF) or equivalent Unicast reverse-path forwarding Layer 3 Features: IPv6 IPv6 unicast routes: not less than 3,500 Routing protocols: RIPng, OSPF v3 Static routing IPv6 ACL MLDv1/v2 snooping IPv6 ping, traceroute IPv6 Layer 3 redundancy: VRRP for IPv6 Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 22 of 77

137 d. Testing and Commissioning Testing and Commissioning 1. General Prior to carrying out the testing, this Contractor shall submit testing procedure, test form, and test schedule for the HKCMCL s approval. All testing equipment shall be properly calibrated by authorized organization with valid calibration certificate. The entire system shall be 100% fully tested end to end in accordance with international specifications stated in this Specification, conforming to manufacturer s requirement and warranty. This Contractor shall bring any link not meeting the requirements of the standard into compliance at no charge to the HKCMCL. Documentation shall be submitted in both hard copy and soft copy. Prior to carrying out the testing, this Contractor shall submit testing procedure, test form, and test schedule for the HKCMCL s approval. 2. System Test 2.1 This Contractor shall complete but not limited to the following testing items: Network switches continuity tests. Core and link Failover tests: following the procedure to start-up the redundant core when a duty core fails Response time tests. System management functions. 3. Testing Equipment and Instrumentation 3.1 This Contractor shall ensure that adequate quantity of testing equipment and instrumentation to be provided for the testing and commissioning of the entire system to match with the construction and handover programme. It is also this Contractor obligation to allow sufficient flexibility that the quantity of testing equipment and instrumentation shall be varied, in accordance to the actual from the construction programme, phasing, simultaneously of the works. Such variation on the quantity of the equipment shall not be incurred additional cost to HKCMCL. 4. Joint Testing 4.1 This Contractor shall carry out joint testing and commissioning of IP, Wireless LAN system in Network to ensure all the interfacing connection hardware and software handshaking, data transfer, data retrieval, etc., are working properly without any error to perform the monitoring function as specified in Technical Specification Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 23 of 77

138 4. Wi-Fi System General Requirement The Contractor shall be responsible for the design, supply, installation, wiring, data provisioning and system configuration, testing and commissioning of Wireless LAN system as specified in this Specification and Drawings. The Wireless LAN system shall provide 100% Wi-Fi service coverage in Off-Campus Co-Working Space area. The Wi-Fi System will be used by the tenants and guests for the Internet or Internal LAN of the tenants for data communication. Roaming capability should be support so that no internet access interruption would be occurred during the guest is walking from one area to other area in the public area within Off-Campus Co-Working Space. The roaming capability should be able to provide the connection to the existing Cyberport Wi-Fi system. Wireless access point (AP) locations are shown on all floor plans specified in the drawings attached with this tender. These AP locations show design intent only. It is the responsibility of the WLAN provider to carry out initial software simulation of the wireless site survey and supply any revisions of locations originally shown. The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate with Interior Designer for the installation of APs. All APs should install close to Access Panel for future maintenance. To avoid Metal, Mirror and any other materials which will affect the Wi-Fi Signal Coverage during the installation. Any equipment or component not specifically mentioned in the Specification or shown on the Drawings of this tender document, but required for the proper operation of the system shall be provided by this Contractor. The system shall be designed and built based on recent technology and state-of-the-art techniques to avoid early obsolescence of the finished system. This shall be balanced by a proven record of fault-free usage and also taken into account the factors of ease and economy of maintenance. Provide all necessary tools, equipment, hardware, software and software user licenses required as describe in this document to make a complete and functioning shall be provided. All wiring works, including the provisions of trunking/conduit systems and termination boxes shall be furnished and installed by this Contractor. The contractor will be responsible to coordinate directly with client to ensure that all coverage areas are configured with the correct SSIDs and the Wi-Fi controller is configured to meet all the requirement. System for tenant login to change the SSID and Password The system can be providing a web interface to each of the tenant located at office area such that the tenant can change their own AP SSID and WPA2 Key without manual work on Cyberport NOC and Management. The contractor is free to propose their system and the quotation / cost should be including all the items that can provide the above function. Solution Requirements: 1. Architecture The solution must be centralized WLAN architecture with thin Access Point and centralized wireless controllers, and integrated with network management. Support out-of-the box, auto configuration across layer-2 and layer-3 networks without having to enter configuration information into the AP. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 24 of 77

139 Solution Requirements: 1.3. APs do not hold hard configured internal network information or certificates for authentication to the centralized switches unless this information is stored in a trusted platform module (TPM) integrated into the AP The solution must support tunnelling protocols - GRE and IPSEC The solution must support Centralized Encryption/De-encryption at the wireless controllers Must support centralized encryption providing end-to-end encryption from client to controller where data confidentiality on the wired network as well. Support secure connection (e.g. IPSEC/VPN) of APs to centralized switch over untrusted (e.g. public WAN) network transport, without requiring external hardware and without requiring dedicated wireless controller & dedicated software. Each SSID in the proposed AP must support either tunnel mode, bridge mode and split-tunnel mode according to user configuration. Interfaces on the wireless controller must be able to be set for DHCP in order to operate where static IP addressing is not available. The solution must support GRE and IPSEC tunnels between controllers and other GRE/IPSEC termination devices in order to enable secure site-to-site connections without requiring external hardware The solution must support secure enterprise MESH without dedicated hardware or software The solution must support using tunnel mode for all SSIDs, eliminating reconfiguration of all ports on access switches in case any new service (new VLAN) is required in the future. The solution must be using tunnel mode for all SSIDs, providing end-to-end encryption for client data traffic from client to controller. 2. Authentication & Encryption 2.1. The solution must support MAC authentication The solution must support 802.1x authentication The solution must support LEAP, PEAP, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-GTC authentication The solution must support Web (Captive Portal) Authentication The wireless controller itself must support multiple authentication servers in mix of Internal Database, RADIUS & LDAP for authentication request. The wireless controller itself must support multiple authentication servers (at least 3) in fail-over or fail-through mode for authentication request The solution must support WPA2/AES link layer encryption The solution must support WPA/TKIP link layer encryption The solution must support WEP link layer encryption The controller itself must integrated RADIUS termination for increased security and cryptographic offload. The termination must support EAP-PEAP and EAP-TLS using EAP- MSCHAPv2 or EAP-GTC. 3. Network Services 3.1. Must support Layer 3 IP forwarding 3.2. Must support NAT 3.3. Must support Multiple subnet DHCP Server 3.4. Must support GRE and IPSEC tunnels between controllers and other GRE/IPSEC termination devices Must support bridging traffic between controllers via GRE or IPSec tunnel 4. Management & Troubleshooting 4.1. The controller must support SNMP v2c and v3. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 25 of 77

140 Solution Requirements: 4.2. The controller must support SSH and must be the default CLI access method 4.3. Must support remote packet capture by SSID, user, device, traffic type and AP Must be able to perform remote packet capture ( packets) while active wireless client associating on that AP Must be able to mirror the firewall session to a remote device. 5. High Availability 5.1. The solution must support 1+1 and n+1 redundancy according to the user configuration The solution must support VRRP redundancy 5.3. The solution should support AP fast failover with Client State Synchronization 6. RF Management Must automatically set and adjust individual AP power and channel setting to maximize performance around other AP s, interference and coverage holes. Adaptive power and channel assignments: Automatically assigns all AP channel and power settings. Supports n and ac wide-band channels, including 40 MHz and 80 MHz Must support these functions in real time and without the need to perform any network baselines, manually administered measurements and is based on real RF information versus models in management systems Must support voice plus dynamic RF management simultaneously Must support co-channel mitigation reverting Access Point to Wi-Fi Monitor in situation of excess AP capacity 6.6. Must support Band Steering Steers dual-band clients to the higher performance 5GHz band Must support Channel Load Balancing Load balances client devices across available channels to avoid performance bottlenecks within individual channels increasing overall performance Must support Air-Time Fairness Ensures the fair distribution of traffic load across a/b/g/n clients to support high user density without causing client starvation 6.9. Must support multicast rate optimization to ensure high performance multicast distribution Must support reporting client connection speed and signal level (SNR) in controller dashboard for ease of management Must support reporting AP noise floor, channel busy % and interference % in controller dashboard for ease of management Must support dynamic optimizing the client performance by steering it to a better AP eliminating sticky client problem. 7. Access Control The controller itself must contain a full ICSA-certified stateful firewall without external hardware and software. Must support security enforcement for wireless users through the use of a role-based, stateful firewall that can be directly integrated with the roles defined within existing authentication servers. Must support role based assignment for clients with different firewall policies even they are in the same IP subnet to minimize the use of number of VLANs. The controller build-in firewall should have mechanism to configure the access policies for automatic capture of data and syslog of access rule triggers for audit and analysis. The controller build-in firewall's Rules for access rights can be based on any combination of time, location, user identity, device identity, and extended attributes from the authentication database. The controller build-in firewall must be able to take action including to allow the traffic, deny the traffic, reject the traffic, route the traffic, destination or source NAT the traffic, modify the QoS level of the traffic, and blacklist (remove from the network) the client for policy matches. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 26 of 77

141 Solution Requirements: The solution can configure Time-of-day / duration based access per user of increased control and security. Must able to prevent wireless clients acquiring IP (by DHCP) from another wireless client which DHCP server service enabled Must support controlling Wi-Fi client acquiring IP via DHCP only. Wi-Fi client configured with static IP will not be able to access the network Must be able to automatically blacklist and block user/client for any violation of access policies Must be able to mirror the firewall session to a remote device Must support Deep Packet Inspection (DPI) for identify unique applications like Facebook, Twitter, Box, WebEx and hundreds of others. All wired and wireless traffic that traverses the controller can now be categorized and controlled by application and application category. Permit or deny an application or application category for a specific role. For example, you can block bandwidth monopolizing applications on a guest role within an enterprise Real-Time Application Control - Allows prioritization of web applications Real-Time Network Dashboard - Track top users, applications, and destinations in real time for network monitoring or troubleshooting. 8. Quality of Service 8.1. Must support per user, per device, and per application/tcp-port prioritization 8.2. Must support bandwidth contracts in per role or per user basis with different setting for upstream and downstream traffic Must support session limit for individual users for increased control for wi-fi user traffic usage The solution can configure Airtime-based bandwidth contract for the specific SSID to preserve channel access for particular SSIDs. Rate limit an application or application category, such as video streaming applications, globally or for a specific role. Mark different L2/L3 Quality of Service (QoS) for an application or application category for a user role. For example, you can mark video and voice sessions that originate from wireless users with different priorities so that traffic is prioritized accordingly in your network. 9. Intrusion Detection Prevention and Spectrum Analyzer 9.1. Must provide protection for denial of service attacks Ping Flood, TCP SYN Flood 9.2. Must provide user-definable rate threshold detection and protection 9.3. Must support advanced rogue containment via responding to client probe requests with fake BSSID or channels Must provide for data/packet CRC and sequence error detection and prevention 9.5. Must support spectrum analysis on 2.4GHz and 5GHz 9.6. Must support spectrum analysis while serving clients on the same radio of an AP. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 27 of 77

142 Solution Requirements: Must support below functionalities of spectrum analysis Channel Health Device Duty Cycle Channel Utilization Trend Channel Metrics Channel Quality Trend Channel Quality Spectrogram Channel Summary Active Devices Devices vs Channels Active Devices Trend Interference Power Active Devices Table Real-Time FFT FFT Duty Cycle Swept Spectrogram Must support viewing the above (item 9.7) charts by web browser of laptops or PCs so that no specific software is required 9.9. Must support recording and playback of the spectrum analysis information 10. Industry 3rd party Research Report The solution must provide an Industry Leader Research Report from 3rd party firms regarding the wired & wireless networking. Wireless Management Solution Requirements: 1. Monitoring and Troubleshooting Features 1.1. Must support integrated monitoring for wired switching, WLAN and mobile devices 1.2. Must support multi-vendor WLAN and switches monitoring, including but not limited to Aruba, Cisco, HPE, Ruckus etc Must support single user interface for device and infrastructure management 1.4. Must support integrated customized view for device and infrastructure reporting 1.5. Must support wild-card searching for users and devices by username, mac-address, IP address and AP name 1.6. Must support user association history 1.7. Must support historical statistic of noise floor, interference and channel utilization in AP basis 1.8. Must support historical statistic of client PHY speed and goodput 1.9. Must support display of IPv6 client addresses Must support following client device attributes Device type (i.e.. iphone, ipad, ipod, etc) Device OS details Manufacturer Network Interface Vendor Must support top 10 applications used by clients Able to track RF performance, capacity and application-level statistics as well as network deviations over a 40-week period. Overlay the client health on a floor plan to diagnose issues specific to the client or to an area on a floor plan Provides rapid drill-down from network-wide to device-level monitoring views. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 28 of 77

143 Wireless Management Solution Requirements: Dashboards to track RF performance, capacity and application-level statistics as well as network deviations over a 40-week period. 2. Root Cause Analysis and Event Correlation Features Maps upstream relationships between APs, controllers and switches to identify the root cause of downtime and performance problems. Correlates performance and downtime issues to send only a single alert in the event of an upstream device failure. 3. Real Time RF Heatmap Features 3.1. Must support real-time location tracking in WLAN 3.2. Must support up-to-date heat maps and channel maps for RF diagnostics 3.3. Must support historical user location playback 4. Security Features & Intrusion Detection System Events Features 4.1. Must support policy and rule based wireless intrusion detection Should be a central management console for monitors intrusion detection and prevention activity, while identifying and neutralizing rogue APs. Shall provide aggregates, correlates, alerts and logs wireless attacks that are detected and reported on the network, providing a comprehensive picture of infrastructure security. Must provide compliance reporting, including the payment card industry (PCI) data security standard. 5. Reporting and Alerts Features Must support predefined, customizable reports address common security, compliance and client needs, such as rogue device tracking, PCI compliance, and client session reporting. Must supports syslog and SNMP traps from other networked devices, allowing administrators to search for these devices, set triggers to alert on device issues, and use device context for additional troubleshooting Reports exportable in PDF, HTML and CSV formats. Authentication, Authorization and Enforcement Policy Server 1. Servers / Appliance 1.1. Must be single platform approach that combines AAA, NAC, BYOD and Guest Access by incorporating identity, health, physical/device information, and conditional elements into one set of policies Must have ability to scale to up to 25,000 devices per appliance or virtual appliance Shall protected by CLI providing configuration for base appliance settings Appliance must provide disk or file encryption Ability to mix and match virtual and hardware appliances in one deployment Platform must be deployable in an out-of-band model and support for clustering with N+1 redundancy model Flexibility to operate all features/functions on any appliance in the cluster Hardened appliance / server. 2. Functionality Web-based, interface that includes several productivity tools such as a configuration wizard and preconfigured policy templates. Support any type of networking equipment (wired, wireless, VPN) and a variety of authentication methods (802.1X, MAC auth, Web auth). Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 29 of 77

144 Authentication, Authorization and Enforcement Policy Server Ability to take advantage of a phased implementation approach by starting with one element of access management (role based) and later incorporating added security measures (endpoint health). All external facing interfaces are programmable, which means APIs are available to extend the system to support different authentication protocols, identity stores, health evaluation engines and port and vulnerability scanning engines. NAC health checking should support agent and agentless methods and be available as a permanent or dissolvable health agent for Windows, Linux, and Macintosh endpoint platforms. In addition to authenticating the user, the solution must gather granular information about the endpoint device, perform advanced health checks on Windows platforms (services, processes, peer-to-peer apps, registry keys, USB device usage, Windows Hot fixes, patch management agents), and perform standard health checks on Linux and Mac platforms (Anti-virus, Antispyware, Firewall) The solution Must be an easy-to-deploy hardware or virtual appliance platform that utilizes identity based policies to secure network access and includes an integrated set of capabilities bundled under one policy platform: Full AAA server RADIUS and TACACS+ Device Profiling Built-in guest management and device/user onboarding Web based management interface with Dashboard Reporting and analysis with custom data filters Data repository for user, device, transaction information Rich policies using identity, device, health, or conditional elements Deployment and implementation tools. Correlation of user, device, and authentication information for easier troubleshooting, tracking etc. AAA framework must allow for the complete separation of Authentication and Authorization sources. For example, authentication against Active Directory but authorize against an external SQL database. Authentication or authorization support for LDAP, AD, Kerberos, Token Server, SQL compliant database Should support multiple methods for device identification and profiling such as: Integrated, network based, device profiler utilizing collection via SNMP, DHCP, HTTP, AD, ActiveSync Policy creation tools: Pre-configured templates Wizard based interface LDAP browser for quick look-up of AD attributes Policy simulation engine for testing policy integrity Policy model should support incorporation of several contextual elements including identity, endpoint health, device, authentication method & types, and conditions such as location, time, day, etc. Support the following enforcement methods: VLAN steering via RADIUS IETF attributes and VSAs VLAN steering and port bouncing via SNMP Access control lists both statically defined filter ID based enforcement, as well as dynamically downloaded ACLs. Roles or any other vendor-specific RADIUS attribute supported by the network device. Agent-based enforcement bouncing a managed interface and sending custom messages. Also, control access to different networks via whitelist and blacklist Must be able to join multiple Active Directory domains to facilitate 802.1x PEAP authentication Must support complex PKI deployment where TLS authentication requires validating client certificate from multiple CA trust chain. Must also support AAA server certificate being signed by external CA whilst validating internal PKI signed client certificates. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 30 of 77

145 Authentication, Authorization and Enforcement Policy Server Must support MAC caching in the multi-vendor Wi-Fi Infrastructure web authentication 3. Reliability / Performance Appliances have ability to be clustered in any combination via local and remote network connections providing unlimited scale, redundancy, and access load balancing. Platform must be deployable in an out-of-band model and support for clustering with N+1 redundancy model. Failure of master node should not impact the ability for backup appliances to continue servicing authentication traffic Must support several deployment modes including centralized, distributed, or mixed Core product should have been available in the market for at least 4 years. a. Wireless LAN Controller Product Warranty Wireless LAN Controller Minimum 1 year including labour and parts Technical Requirements: 1. General 1.1. The controller must support at least 64 LAN-connected access points The controller must support at least 64 remote access points The controller must support at least 4,096 users/devices The controller must support at least 4,094 VLAN interfaces The controller shall be able to support up to 65,536 active firewall sessions 1.6. The controller must support at least 1,024 Concurrent GRE Tunnels (System BSSIDs) 1.7. The controller must support at least 2,048 concurrent IPsec tunnels The controller shall be able to support up to 8 Gbps stateful firewall throughput (APs operate in tunnel mode) 1.9. The controller must support at least ONE (1) console (RS-232) RJ-45 or mini-usb The controller must support at least EIGHT (8) Gigabit Ethernet ports (GBIC or SFP) (combo) The controller must support at least EIGHT (8) Auto-negotiating 10/100/1000BASE-T (combo) The controller must support ONE (1) USB 2.0 port The controller must support Management/status LEDs The controller must support LCD panel and navigation buttons The controller must be 1U in size The controller must not exceed 2.06kg in weight The controller must be able to operate between 0 to 40 C The maximum power consumption of the controller must not exceed 55W. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 31 of 77

146 b. Wireless Access Point (support high density) Product Warranty Wireless Access Point (Wave ac) Minimum 1 year including labour and parts Configuration Requirements: 1. General 1.1. The Contractor required to supply and install Wireless Access Point The access point should be able to add mobility and flexibility to users by providing wireless network and Internet access without the limitation of wires Proposed Wireless Access Point location (Appendix B) Technical Requirements: 1. General 1.1. The AP must support data rates of up to 1,733Mbps to 5-GHz devices with ac technology leveraging four spatial MIMO streams while simultaneously supporting 2.4-GHz clients with data rates of up to 600 Mbps The AP must support concurrent a/n/ac and b/g/n WLAN operation The AP must support 2.4GHz and 5GHz air monitor mode The AP must support ac very high throughput (VHT) support: VHT 20/40/80/ The AP must support n high-throughput (HT) support: HT 20/ The AP must support four spatial stream Single User (SU) MIMO for up to 1,733 Mbps wireless data rate to individual 4x4 VHT80 or 2x2 VHT160 client device The AP must support four spatial stream Multi User (MU) MIMO for up to 1,733 Mbps wireless data rate to up to three MU-MIMO capable client devices simultaneously The AP must support up to 255 associated client devices per radio, and up to 16 BSSIDs per radio 1.9. The AP must support packet aggregation: A-MPDU and A-MSDU The AP must support Advanced Cellular Coexistence (ACC) minimizes interference from cellular networks The AP must support Maximum Ratio Combining (MRC) The AP must support Cyclic delay/shift diversity (CDD/CSD) for improved downlink RF performance. The AP must support space-time block coding (STBC) for increased rang and improved reception The AP must support low-density parity check (LDPC) for high-efficiency error correction and increased throughput The AP must support transmit beamforming (TxBF) for increased reliability in signal delivery The AP must support automatic transmit power and channel management control with auto coverage hole correction via Adaptive Radio Management (ARM). The AP must build-in integrated Trusted Platform Module (TPM) for secure storage of credentials and keys The AP must support 802.3at POE standard The maximum power consumption of the AP must not exceed 25.3Watts (PoE) (exclude power consumed by USB device) The AP must support build-in integrated antennas. External antennas are not acceptable. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 32 of 77

147 Technical Requirements: The AP should support Four (vertically polarized) integrated 2.4 GHz down tilt omni-directional antennas for 4x4 MIMO with peak antenna gain of 4.3 dbi per antenna. Each 5 GHz radio chain has both a vertically and a horizontally polarized antenna element; AP software automatically and dynamically selects the best set of elements for each data packet transmitted or received. Four integrated vertically polarized 5 GHz down tilt omni-directional antennas for 4x4 MIMO with peak antenna gain of 5.4 dbi per antenna. Four integrated horizontally polarized 5 GHz down tilt omni-directional antennas for 4x4 MIMO with peak antenna gain of 4.2 dbi per antenna Built-in antennas are optimized for horizontal ceiling mounted orientation of the AP. The down tilt angle for maximum gain is roughly 30 degrees. Combining the patterns of each of the antennas of the MIMO radios, the peak gain of the effective per-antenna pattern is 2.6dBi in 2.4 GHz and 2.5 dbi (vertical) or 2.1 db (horizontal) in 5 GHz. The AP must support ONE (1) multi-gigabits port (RJ-45, maximum negotiated speed 5Gbps), Auto-sensing link speed (100/1000/2500/5000BASE-T) and MDI/MDX, 2.5Gbps and 5Gbps speeds comply with NBASE-T and 802.3bz specifications, PoE-PD: 48 Vdc (nominal) 802.3at PoE The AP must support ONE (1) ethernet port with 100/1000 Base-T Ethernet (RJ-45, back), Autosensing link speed and MDI/MDX, 802.3az Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE) and PoE-PD: 48 Vdc (nominal) 802.3af/at PoE The AP must support ONE (1) DC power connector for external AC adapter connection The AP must support ONE (1) serial console interface The AP must support ONE (1) USB 2.0 host interface (Type A connector) The AP must support at least ONE (1) Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) radio The AP itself must have security slot The AP itself must not exceed 1200g in weight The AP must be able to operate between 0 C to +50 C (+32 F to +122 F) The AP must be able to operate for the humidity between 5 to 93%, non-condensing The AP must be plenum rated with applicable certifications The AP must be Wi-Fi Alliance (WFA) certified Th AP must include mounting brackets (2) for attaching to 9/16-inch or 15/16-inch T-bar drop-tile ceiling c. Wireless Access Point (support in-room) Product Warranty Wireless Access Point (Wave ac) Minimum 1 year including labour and parts Configuration Requirements: 1. General 1.1. The Contractor required to supply and install Wi-Fi Access Point The access point should be able to add mobility and flexibility to users by providing wireless network and Internet access without the limitation of wires. Technical Requirements: 1. General Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 33 of 77

148 Technical Requirements: 1.1. The AP must support the following: 5GHz: Two spatial stream Multi User (MU) MIMO for up to 867Mbps wireless data rate to up to two (1x1 VHT80) MU-MIMO capable client devices simultaneously; 2.4GHz: Two spatial stream Single User (SU) MIMO for up to 300Mbps wireless data rate to individual 2x2 HT40 client devices 1.2. The AP must support concurrent a/n/ac and b/g/n WLAN operation The AP must support 2.4GHz and 5GHz air monitor mode The AP must support ac very high throughput (VHT) support: VHT 20/40/ The AP must support n high-throughput (HT) support: HT 20/ The AP must support configurable 20Mhz, 40Mhz and 80Mhz channel bandwidth The AP must support at least 2x2 MIMO with 2 spatial streams The AP must support up to 255 associated client devices per radio, and up to 16 BSSIDs per radio The AP must support Dynamic frequency selection (DFS) optimizes the use of available RF spectrum The AP must support packet aggregation: A-MPDU and A-MSDU The AP must support Advanced Cellular Coexistence (ACC) minimizes interference from cellular networks The AP must support Maximum Ratio Combining (MRC) The AP must support Cyclic delay/shift diversity (CDD/CSD) for improved downlink RF performance. The AP must support space-time block coding (STBC) for increased rang and improved reception The AP must support low-density parity check (LDPC) for high-efficiency error correction and increased throughput The AP must support transmit beamforming (TxBF) for increased reliability in signal delivery The AP must support automatic transmit power and channel management control with auto coverage hole correction via Adaptive Radio Management (ARM). The AP must build-in integrated Trusted Platform Module (TPM) for secure storage of credentials and keys The AP must support 802.3af and 802.3at POE standard The maximum power consumption of the AP must not exceed 25.3Watts (PoE) The AP must support build-in integrated antennas. External antennas are not acceptable The AP must support two integrated dual-band moderately directional antennas for 2x2 MIMO with maximum individual antenna gain of 4.2dBi in 2.4GHz and 5.6dBi in 5GHz. Built-in antennas are optimized for vertical orientation of the AP. The horizontal beam width is roughly 120 degrees. Combining the patterns of each of the antennas of the MIMO radios, the peak gain of the effective per-antenna pattern is 3.4dBi in 2.4GHz and 4.5dBi in 5GHz The AP must support ONE (1) ethernet port of 100/1000 Base-T Ethernet (RJ-45, back) Uplink, Auto-sensing link speed and MDI/MDX, 802.3az Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE) and PoE-PD: 48 Vdc (nominal) 802.3af/at PoE The AP must support THREE (3) ethernet port of 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet (RJ-45, bottom) Local Ports, Auto-sensing link speed and MDI/MDX, and one of the port should be PoE- PSE(output): 48Vdc (nominal) 802.3af PoE The AP must support Passive pass-through interface (two RJ-45, back and bottom) The AP must support ONE (1) DC power interface, accepts 1.35/3.5-mm centre-positive circular plug with 9.5-mm length Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 34 of 77

149 Technical Requirements: The AP must support ONE (1) Passthrough Port: Passive RJ-45 pass-through port The AP must support ONE (1) USB 2.0 host interface (Type A connector) The AP must support at least ONE (1) Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) radio The AP must support ONE (1) serial console interface (custom, UUSB physical jack) The AP must not exceed 310g in weight The AP must be able to operate between 0 to 40 C The AP must be able to operate for the humidity between 5 to 93%, non-condensing The AP must be Wi-Fi Alliance certified a/b/g/n/ac The AP must be CB Scheme Safety, ctuvus The AP must be support regulatory: UL/IEC/EN The AP must be support regulatory: EN , EN d. Testing and Commissioning 1. Acceptance Test 1.1. The Contractor shall complete Acceptance Test of the Wi Fi System (with proper industrial standard apparatus and equipment at their own cost and submit to HKCMCL the following documents and test reports: As built drawings including equipment inventory Test plan and test cases with testing procedures with expected results against the requirements set out in the tender for Acceptance Test and to be approved by HKCMCL Acceptance Test reports 2. Technical Support Level and Service Availability Requirements 2.1. The Contractor shall provide a 24 x 7 technical hotline for technical consultation, fault reporting, fault tracking and escalation. Hotline response time for the reported case shall be within 30 minutes. The Contractor shall provide the fault report procedures and escalation points in the Proposal Monthly Service availability: 99.95% for Wi Fi network Service availability will be calculated against the accumulative down time of service over a calendar month, using the formula below: where, N = total number of APs (N x T) D x 100% (N x T) T = total service time in a calendar month (in minute) D = total down time (in minute) x number of affected AP(s) * Down time means the total time at which the Wi Fi service is interrupted and user device cannot be connected to the Internet. If on site support is required for troubleshooting or hardware maintenance, service level requirement is as below: For cases reported on and before 14:00, site visit shall be arranged on the same business day. For cases reported after 14:00, site visit shall be arranged on the next business day. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 35 of 77

150 5. CCTV System Technical Requirements: 1. Fixed Dome Network Camera 1.1. Quality not less than HDTV 720p or 1MP resolutions at 30 fps 1.2. Varifocal lens with fixed iris 1.3. Shall support IP based camera 2. Recording storage 2.1. Shall provide not less than 10 TB capacity 6. AV System Scope of Work The scope of work for this tender is to implement a new AV system and provide the live streaming capability from Cyberport Function Room to the Off-Campus Co-Working Space. The tenderer is required to provide the following services: System design of AV facilities Procurement of all relevant AV hardware and software Conduits / cabling installation for the whole upgraded AV facilities Setup, configuration and programming of AV equipment Fine tuning of installed AV equipment Testing, training & documentations On-going system maintenance and support Tender Submission Requirements Tenderers are required to submit the following documents together with the tender response: Statement of Compliance Schedule of Rates System design schematic diagram Floor Plan of the new design Project Plan All relevant product catalogues Colour Rendering of the furniture design Certification letter from vendor System Requirements & Technical Specifications Requirements Tenderers are required to submit a priced proposal based on the following system requirement and technical specifications. The proposed system should consist of, but not limited to the following components: Mandatory Items: Breakout Area: A. Professional Display B. AV Input Faceplate C. HDMI Extender - Receiver Side D. HDMI Extender - Transmitter Side E. 4K Multi-Input Switcher F. All-in-one 4K Video Matrix and Control Processor G. Portable Control Panel H. Wall Installed Control Panel I. Light Control Interface J. Wireless Sharing system for BYOD, Mac or Laptop K. Speaker Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 36 of 77

151 L. Audio DSP M. Audio Amplifier N. Handheld Mic bundle with charging station O. Clip Mic P. 4K TV Set-Top-Box Meeting Room 1 & 2: A. 4K Display with Built-in Whiteboard B. AV Input Faceplate C. HDMI Extender - Receiver Side D. HDMI Extender - Transmitter Side E. Speaker F. TV Trolley G. Wireless Sharing for BYOD, Mac or Laptop Live Streaming from Cyberport Function Room: A. HDMI Extender - Receiver Side B. HDMI Extender - Transmitter Side C. Video Encoder D. Video Decoder Professional Service Requirement: The following section will describe in detail the technical specifications of the different AV equipment. Breakout Area: Section A Professional Display Product Warranty: Professional Display Minimum 1 Years with labour and parts Technical Specifications Requirement 1. Standalone Display 1.1. Screen Size: not greater than Panel Technology: IPS 1.3. Aspect Ratio: 16: Native Resolution: not less than 3840 x 2160 (UHD) 1.5. Brightness: not less than 500cd/m² 1.6. Viewing Angle (H x V): at least 178 x Input All Digital input have with HDCP and at least below, HDMI x3 DVI-D x Display Port x1 And other ports as below, USB 3.0 in x1 SD Card x1 LAN x Audio Input: 3.5mm jack x Shall support RS232C (in/out), RJ45 and Pixel, IR Sensors 3. Output 3.1. Digital: Display Port at least 1 Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 37 of 77

152 Technical Specifications Requirement 3.2. Audio: 3.5mm jack 4. Physical Dimension 4.1. Bezel Width: (Right & Left) not greater than 14.3mm; (Top & Bottom) not greater than 14.3mm 4.2. Display Dimension, not bigger than below Width: 1927mm Height: 1098mm Depth: 61mm Weight: 50kg Section B AV Input Faceplate Product AV Input Faceplate Warranty: Minimum 1 Years with labour and parts AV Input Faceplate Technical Specifications Requirement 1. Input All Digital input have with HDCP and at least below, 1.3. HDMI x VGA x Display Port x1 Section C HDMI Extender Receiver Side Product Warranty: HDMI Extender Receiver Side Minimum 1 Year with labour and parts Technical Specifications Requirement 1. HDMI Extender Transceiver Technical Specification Requirement 1.1. Rack-mountable receiver for HDMI, audio, and control 2. Video output requirements 2.1. Provide one (1) video output for digital video signals Supported HDMI specifications include data rates up to 10.2 Gbps, Deep Colour up to 12- bit, 3D, HD lossless audio formats, and CEC pass-through 3. Audio output requirements 3.1. Support embedded digital audio on HDMI output 3.2. Provide a dedicated analog audio output connection One (1) stereo analog audio 4. Control output requirements 4.1. Provide communication connections for AV device control One bidirectional RS-232 pass-through One bidirectional IR pass-through 5. Interconnection requirements 5.1. Support interconnection between receiver and transmitter all matrix and HDMI extender as specified in this tender One RJ-45 twisted pair connection 6. Transmission requirements Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 38 of 77

153 Technical Specifications Requirement Provide signal transmission distance capability of 330 feet (100 m) at 1920x1200, including 60 Hz and 2K using a shielded CATx cable Support signal transmission distance capability of 30 Hz, UHD, and 2560x1600 up to 130 feet (40 m) using a shielded CATx cable 6.3. Support video, audio, and control over a single shielded CATx cable 6.4. Support embedded HD lossless audio formats 6.5. Actively buffer DDC channels 7. Resolution requirements 7.1. Support computer and video resolutions up to 4K, including 1080p/60 Deep Color 7.2. Support RGB and YCbCr digital video formats 8. Audio requirements 8.1. The unit shall support analog stereo audio pass-through signals 8.2. The unit shall support multiple embedded audio formats 8.3. The unit shall support embedded HD lossless audio formats 9. HDCP requirements 9.1. The unit shall be HDCP compliant 10. Communication requirements The unit shall support bidirectional RS-232 communication pass-through up to baud The unit shall support bidirectional IR pass-through The unit shall support EDID and HDCP transmission 11. Power requirements The unit shall support remote power capability The unit shall support being locally powered 12. General requirements The unit shall be HDCP 2.2 compliant with backward compatibility with earlier HDCP versions The unit shall be compatible with CATx shielded twisted pair cable The unit shall support HDMI specifications including data rates up to 10.2 Gbps, Deep Colour, 3D, HD lossless audio formats, and CEC pass-through The unit shall support being locally or remotely powered The unit shall support embedded HD lossless audio formats The unit shall support the use of HDMI to DVI-D cables or adapters for DVI-D The unit shall have a low-profile enclosure and versatile mounting capability Shall provide visual indication for signal presence and power shall meet regulatory compliances CE, c-ul, UL CE, C-tick, FCC Class A, ICES, VCCI Section D HDMI Extender Transmitter Side Product Warranty: HDMI Extender - Transceiver Minimum 1 Year with labour and parts Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 39 of 77

154 Technical Specifications Requirement 1. HDMI Extender Transceiver Technical Specification Requirement 1.1. Rack-mountable transmitter for the transmission of HDMI, audio, and control 2. Video input requirements 2.1. Provide one (1) video input for digital video signals Supported HDMI specifications include data rates up to 10.2 Gbps, Deep Colour up to 12- bit, 3D, HD lossless audio formats, and CEC pass-through 3. Audio input requirements 3.1. Support embedded digital audio on HDMI input 3.2. Provide a dedicated analog audio input connection One (1) stereo analog audio 4. Control input requirements 4.1. Provide communication connections for AV device control One bidirectional RS-232 pass-through One bidirectional IR pass-through 5. Interconnection requirements 5.1. Support interconnection between receiver and transmitter all matrix and HDMI extender as specified in this tender One RJ-45 twisted pair connection 6. Transmission requirements Provide signal transmission distance capability of 230 feet (70 m) at 1920x1200, including 60 Hz and 2K using a shielded CATx cable Support signal transmission distance capability of 30 Hz, UHD, and 2560x1600 up to 130 feet (40 m) using a shielded CATx cable 6.3. Support video, audio, and control over a single shielded CATx cable 6.4. Support embedded HD lossless audio formats 6.5. Actively buffer DDC channels 7. Resolution requirements 7.1. Support computer and video resolutions up to 4K, including 1080p/60 Deep Colour 7.2. Support RGB and YCbCr digital video formats 8. Audio requirements 8.1. The unit shall accept additional analog stereo audio signals for simultaneous transmission with HDMI embedded audio 8.2. The unit shall support multiple embedded audio formats 8.3. The unit shall support embedded HD lossless audio formats 9. HDCP requirements 9.1. The unit shall be HDCP compliant 10. Communication requirements The unit shall support bidirectional RS-232 communication pass-through up to baud The unit shall support bidirectional IR pass-through The unit shall support EDID and HDCP transmission 11. Power requirements The unit shall support remote power capability The unit shall support being locally powered Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 40 of 77

155 Technical Specifications Requirement 12. General requirements The unit shall be HDCP compliant The unit shall support HDMI specifications including data rates up to 10.2 Gbps, Deep Colour, 3D, HD lossless audio formats, and CEC pass-through The unit shall support being locally or remotely powered The unit shall support embedded HD lossless audio formats The unit shall support the use of HDMI to DVI-D cables or adapters for DVI-D The unit shall have a low-profile enclosure and versatile mounting capability Shall provide visual indication for signal presence and power Shall meet regulatory compliances CE, c-ul, UL CE, C-tick, FCC Class A, ICES, VCCI Shall provide at least 1 year parts and labour warranty Section E 4K Multi-Input Switcher - Transmitter Product Warranty: 4K Multi-Input Switcher - Transmitter Minimum 1 Year with labour and parts Configuration Requirements: 1. General 1.1. The floor box transmitter should be a three (3) inputs and one (1) output for switching of Display Port, HDMI and VGA sources, with support for signal extension over shielded CATx cable. Technical Requirements: 1. Architecture 1.1. Long distance three input switching transmitter for Display Port, HDMI, VGA sources and associate digital and analog audio, plus signal extension over shielded CATx cable 2. Video Input 2.1. Should provide at least one (1) HDMI input 2.2. Should provide at least one (1) Display port input 2.3. Should provide at least one (1) 15-pin HD for analog video Should digitize analog video input signal up to 1920x1200 prior to transmission to the digital video output Support HDMI specifications including data rates up to 10.2Gbps, Deep colour up to 12-bit, 3D, and HD lossless audio formats 2.6. Should support DisplayPort SST Single Stream Transport data rates up to 10.8Gbps 2.7. Should support digital video resolution up to 4K, including 1080p/60 deep colour 3. Video Output 3.1. Should provide one (1) RJ45 connection as video output to related receiver product 3.2. Should support connection of DVI displays that do not recognize HDMI-specific formats 3.3. Should support automatically enable or disable embedded TMDS audio and InfoFrames 3.4. Should support automatically set the correct colour space 3.5. Should support signal transmission distance capability of 230 feet (70m) at 1920x1200, including 1080p@60Hz and 2K using a shielded CATx cable Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 41 of 77

156 Technical Requirements: Should support signal transmission distance capability of UHD and 2560x1600 up to 130 feet (40m) using a shielded CATx cable Should be configurable for sending digital video and embedded audio, plus a bidirectional RS- 232 and IR signals to an HDBaseT-enabled display 4. Switching 4.1. Should provide automatic switching between input sources 4.2. Should automatically switch to the active input 4.3. Should provide a configurable switching priority when multiple inputs are active High to low: highest numbered input has priority Low to high: lowest numbered input has priority 4.4. Should provide the capability to set the analog audio input to follow the input switch 5. Audio Input 5.1. Should provide one (1) HDMI embedded audio 5.2. Should provide one (1) Display Port embedded audio 5.3. Should provide one (1) 3.5mm stereo mini jack, unbalanced analog stereo audio connection 5.4. Should provide one RJ-45 HDMI embedded and analog audio 5.5. Should provide capability to assign the analog audio input to any video input 5.6. Should provide the capability to set the analog audio input to follow the input switch 5.7. Should support embedding analog stereo audio signals onto the digital video output signal and transport over CATx cable 5.8. Should support multiple embedded audio formats 5.9. Should support audio transmission over shielded CATx up to 230 feet (70m) Should digitize analog stereo audio input for transmission over shielded CATx 6. Audio Output 6.1. Should provide one (1) RJ-45 output with embedded and analog audio 6.2. Should support audio transmission over Shielded CATx cable up to 230 feet (70 meter) 7. Control Input 7.1. Should provide at least one (1) bidirectional RS-232 or IR pass-through transmission over Shielded CATx up to 230 feet (70m) 7.2. Should provide one (1) bidirectional IR pass-through over Shielded CATx 7.3. The RS232 or IR pass-through over Shielded CATx should be a 5-pole captive screw connector 7.4. Should provide a 3-pole captive screw RS-232 for remote switcher control 7.5. Should provide a Mini USB-B 2.0 for remote switcher control 7.6. Should provide a 4-pole captive screw contact closure for remote switcher control 7.7. Should provide a 4-pole captive screw tally for remote switcher control 7.8. Should provide front panel control 7.9. Should provide product configuration software connected via USB Should provide Serial commands sent over RS-232 or USB connection Tally output should provide +5VDC to light an LED indicating the currently selected input EDID Should support disabling of front panel controls to prevent inadvertent or unauthorized changes to configuration settings Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 42 of 77

157 Technical Requirements: 8.1. Should provide automatic EDID management between connected devices 8.2. Should provide a set of pre-stored EDID files 8.3. Should provide capture of EDID from any connected display 8.4. Should provide users uploading of custom-generated EDID files HDCP Should support assignment of any pre-stored, captured or custom uploaded EDID file to any input connection 9.1. Should be HDCP compliant 9.2. Should provide the option to disable HDCP processing at the Display Port or HDMI input connection when passing 9.3. Should provide real-time verification of HDCP status for each digital video input 9.4. Should provide accessible through front panel LEDs 9.5. Should provide electronically accessible over RS-232 or USB connection 10. General Should provide real-time verification of signal flow and operation Should provide directly readable on RJ-45 signal and link LEDs Should be HDCP compliant Should be compatible with shielded CATx twisted pair cable Should provide power to connected receiver Should support the use of HDMI to DVI-D cables or adapters for DVI-D signals Should have a low-profile enclosure and versatile mounting capability Should meet regulatory compliance CE, c-ul, UL CE, C-tick, FCC Class A, ICES, VCCI Section F All-in-one 4K Video Matrix and Control Processor Product Warranty: All-in-one 4K Video Matrix and Control Processor Minimum 1 Year with labour and parts Configuration Requirements: 1. General 1.1. Provide an 4K scaling presentation matrix switcher that support up to ten (10) inputs and eight (8) outputs for matrix switching of HDMI sources, one (1) digital audio expansion port, one (1) integrated control processor, plus additional support for signal extension over shielded CATx cable and audio digital signal processing Should include a license for use of third party devices as primary control interfaces Technical Requirements: 1. Video Input 1.1. Provides at least six (6) HDMI video input connections 1.2. Provides at least four (4) RJ-45 for video from twisted pair transmitter 1.3. Should support 4K and UHD signals at all inputs Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 43 of 77

158 Technical Requirements: Should provide image adjustments for the twisted pair outputs, including brightness, contrast, colour, tint, detail, H/V positioning, and sizing Should provide storage and recall of video parameters and picture settings when activated for the scaled outputs Should support automatically save video settings and picture adjustments without user intervention 1.7. Should support automatically recall settings when the same video rate is encountered 1.8. Should support user selectively enable or disable automatic memories 1.9. Should support manually save picture adjustments of user presets Should support save and recall user presets using front panel controls Should support save and recall user presets electronically via Ethernet, RS-232 or USB connection Should support manually save video settings and picture adjustments of input presets Should support save and recall input presets electronically via Ethernet, RS-232, or USB connection Should support HDMI specifications including data rates up to 10.2 Gbps, Deep Colour up to 12- bit, 3D, and HD lossless audio formats Should provide automatic cable equalization for each digital input to 100 feet (30 meters) at 1080p/60 with 8-bit colour Should provide automatic cable equalization for each digital input to 50 feet (15 meters) at 4K/30 and 60 Hz resolutions Should support video transmission over shielded CATx up to 330 feet (100 meters) 2. Video Output 2.1. Should provide at least four (4) HDMI video output connections 2.2. Should provide at least four (4) RJ-45 for video to twisted pair receivers 2.3. Should be configurable for compatibility with receivers of extender Should be configurable for sending digital video and embedded audio, plus bidirectional RS-232 and IR signals to video matrix switchers Should be configurable for sending digital video and embedded audio, plus bidirectional RS-232 and IR signals to HDBaseT-enabled displays Should provide a range of selectable scaled output rates from 640x480 to 1920x1200, including 1080p/60 and 2048x1080p/ Should support 4K and UHD signals at both HDMI outputs 2.8. Should provide independent scaling for each twisted pair output Should provide aspect ratio control for each scaled twisted pair output When in FILL mode, the video image shall always fill the output screen without letterbox or pillarbox When in FOLLOW mode, the video image shall always preserve the aspect ratio of the input signals without distortion Should provide internal test patterns for the scaled outputs to facilitate system setup and calibration Should support muting of one or all outputs at any time Should support automatic muting of video and sync output when no video signal is present Should provide a choice to generate a blue screen or a black screen before disabling sync Should provide a configurable timeout period before disabling sync Should support user selectively enable or disable automatic muting of sync output Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 44 of 77

159 Technical Requirements: Should support the connection of DVI displays that do not recognize HDMI-specific formats Automatically enable or disable embedded TMDS audio and InfoFrames Should automatically set the correct colour space Should support video transmission over shielded CATx up to 330 feet (100 meters) Should provide automatic relocking of HDMI video signals at each HDMI output Should support the connection of DVI displays that do not recognize HDMI-specific formats 3. Switching 3.1. Should provide video and audio matrix switching between any input and any output 3.2. Should support incoming 4K and UHD signals at all HDMI and twisted pair extender inputs 3.3. Should support routing of 4K and UHD signals to both HDMI outputs 3.4. Should provide storage and recall of input and output ties 3.5. Should save video and audio ties between inputs and outputs 3.6. Global presets should be able to recall using front panel controls 3.7. Global presets should be able to save and recall electronically via Ethernet, RS-232, or USB connection 3.8. Should provide the ability to view which inputs and outputs are actively connected 4. EDID 4.1. Should provide automatic EDID management between connected devices 4.2. Should provide a set of pre-stored EDID files 4.3. Should support capture of EDID from any connected display 4.4. Should support user uploading of custom-generated EDID files 4.5. Should support assignment of pre-stored, captured, or custom uploaded EDID file for each input connection 5. HDCP 5.1. Should be HDCP compliant Should provide authentication and maintain continuous verification of HDCP key exchange with connected sink devices Should provide authentication and maintain continuous verification of HDCP key exchange with connected source devices Should provide the option to disable HDCP processing at any HDMI input connection when passing unencrypted content Should provide selectable, human-readable visual confirmation of HDCP compliance when encrypted content is routed to a non-hdcp compliant display Should display a solid green colour and an on screen message starting HDCP CONTENT when enabled the setting with non-hdcp compliant display 5.7. Should muted the output when disabled the setting with non-hdcp compliant display 5.8. Should provide real-time verification of HDCP status for each HDMI input and utput 5.9. Should be electronically accessible over Ethernet, RS-232, or USB connection 6. Audio Input 6.1. Should support embedded audio on six HDMI connectors 6.2. Should support embedded audio on four RJ-45 connectors Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 45 of 77

160 Technical Requirements: 6.3. Should support four mono, microphone or line level, balanced or unbalanced signals with +48- volt phantom power on four, 3-pole, 3.5 mm captive screw connectors 7. Audio Output 7.1. Should support embedded audio on four HDMI connectors 7.2. Should support embedded audio on four RJ-45 connectors 7.3. Should support four stereo line level, balanced or unbalanced signals with independent output level control on four, 5-pole 3.5 mm captive screw connectors 7.4. Should support S/PDIF digital audio signal on one RCA connector 7.5. Should support one stereo speaker level signal or two mono speaker level signage on one 4- pole, 5mm screw-lock captive screw connector 8. Amplifier 8.1. Should support one stereo speaker level signal or two mono speaker level signals on one 4-pole, 5 mm screw-lock captive screw connector 8.2. Should provide stereo amplification for low impedance speaker systems Should support one stereo speaker level signal or two mono speaker level signals on one 4-pole, 5 mm screw-lock captive screw connector Should provide a total of 100 watts rms output power with 50 watts rms per channel into 4 ohms, or 25 watts rms per channel into 8 ohms measured at 1 khz with 0.1% THD 8.5. Should provide a THD+N measurement of less than 0.1% measured at 3 db below clipping 8.6. Should provide a signal-to-noise ratio of greater than 90 db measured from 20 Hz to 20 khz, unweighted 8.7. Should utilize an efficient Class D amplifier design 8.8. Should provide Class D Ripple Suppression technology 8.9. Should be convection cooled and operate without fans Should provide an automatic clip limiter to detect onset of clipping by comparing input and output waveforms and automatically reduce gain with a slow attack and fast release to eliminate clipping distortion Should provide multiple protection circuits that activate during output shorts, thermal overload, or DC faults 9. Expansion Port 9.1. Should provide a digital audio expansion port for bidirectional signal routing between the matrix switcher and a connected Digital Matrix Processor 9.2. Should support 8 incoming signals and 16 outgoing signals 9.3. Should provide uncompressed digital audio at 48 khz sampling rate with 24-bit resolution 10. Digital Sound Processor Configuration Software Should support PC-based DSP configuration software, allowing flexible control of the integrated digital signal processing Should provide a Live mode for real-time control of parameters without compiling and file uploading to matrix switcher Should provide an Emulate mode for offline configuration Shall provide single window view of all inputs and outputs, audio processing blocks, routing, mix points, and virtual routing Should provide setup and configuration of digital signal processing tools including, but not limited to: Filters (high pass, low pass, bass, treble, and parametric EQ); Dynamics processing (AGC, compressor, limiter, noise gate); Delay processing; Ducking processor; Loudness processor; and multiple gain stages Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 46 of 77

161 Technical Requirements: Should provide cut and paste editing between processing blocks Should provide matrix routing with integrated mix point gain adjustment between inputs, outputs, virtual sends, virtual returns, expansion inputs, and expansion outputs Should provide a library of pre-designed processor settings for inputs and outputs with usercustomizable parameters Should provide 32 Group Master controls for consolidation of up to 28 individual gain or mute control members of the same type into one point of control Should provide Soft Limits settings to define upper and lower control limits on Group Masters for use with external controls Should provide 32 Presets for recall of any processing block setting, level setting, or audio routing; presets shall be saved for the entire system, or any selected partial groups of inputs, outputs, mix points, and DSP blocks Should provide real-time metering of levels within each Input Gain, AGC, Compressor, Limiter, Noise Gate, and Output Volume processing block in Live mode Should provide a Meter Bridge window for real-time metering of all input and output channels with clipping indication in Live mode Should provide keyboard-based navigation of configuration software utilizing directional controls, keyboard shortcuts, and spreadsheet software-style commands Should provide file saving in both Live and Emulate mode Should provide file upload in both Live and Emulate mode Should provide configuration and file saving of the matrix switcher and a linked, compatible digital matrix processor from a single configuration software session 11. Integrated Control Processor Provides at least three (3) RJ-45 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet Should support connection of touch panels and other network controlled devices Should act as a three-port unmanaged network switch Should have at least two (2) 3-pole captive screw: RS-232, configurable for unidirectional or bidirectional control of AV system components Should have at least one (1) 5-pole captive screw: RS-232/RS-422/RS-485, configurable for unidirectional or bidirectional control of AV system components Should have at least two (2) IR/serial ports on one 5-pole captive screw: IR (using an IR emitter) or unidirectional RS-232 for control of AV system components Should have at least four (4) low voltage relays on one 6-pole captive screw: configurable for controlling lighting, controlling screens, or other device functions Should have at least four (4) digital input/output ports on one 5-pole captive screw: configurable for use as an interface with devices such as sensors, switches, LEDs, and relays Should have at least one (1) ebus port on a 4-pole captive screw for connecting to ebus devices Should support the following protocols: ICMP (ping), IPv4, TCP, UDP, DHCP, DNS, HTTP, HTTPS, NTP, SFTP, SMTP, SNMP, SSH Should support a Web-based AV resource management application that provides a means to manage, monitor, and control AV equipment Should provide an internal real-time clock with a 30-year backup battery that is used to keep track of the date and time Should provide front panel LED activity indicators for RS-232 status, RS-232/RS-422/RS-485 status, IR/serial status, digital I/O status, relay status, ebus status, and network status Should support control system synchronization to allow users to retain and recover configured endpoints in case of network or power failure Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 47 of 77

162 Technical Requirements: Should be configured using software with support for the following: Provide support for up to eight (8) configurable touch panels Provide support for up to eight (8) configurable ebus button panels Provide remote monitoring and control via Ethernet Provide the ability to create notifications Provide multiple levels of password protection Provide the ability to create schedules and monitors Support up to 32 Ethernet-controllable AV devices Support local variables and conditional logic Support grouping of multiple control processors to function as one when configured with configuration software 12. Control/Remote RS-232 and IR Pass-Through Over Shielded CATx Should provide connections for AV device control Should have at least two (2) 5-pole captive screw for RS-232 or IR pass-through to twisted pair transmitters Should have at least two (2) 5-pole captive screw for RS-232 or IR pass-through to twisted pair receivers Should support RS-232 and IR transmission over shielded CATx up to 330 feet (100 meters) 13. Control/Remote - Matrix Switcher Should provide connections for remote matrix switcher control Should have at least one (1) RJ-45 10/100Base-T Ethernet Should have at least one (1) 3-pole captive screw for RS Should have at least one (1) Mini USB Type B Should provide alternatives for configuration and operation Should allow front panel controls Should have built-in Web pages accessible using a standard Web browser via Ethernet connection Should provide product configuration software connected via Ethernet or USB Should support serial commands sent over Ethernet, RS-232, or USB connection Should support disabling of front panel controls to prevent inadvertent or unauthorized changes to configuration settings 14. General Should provide real-time verification of signal flow and operation from transmitter or receiver Should directly readable on RJ-45 signal and link LEDs Should be compatible with CATx shielded twisted pair cable, and shielded twisted pair cable Should provide remote power to four (4) transmitters and four (4) receivers over the shielded CATx connections Should provide power to external peripheral devices on each HDMI output Enclosure should be rack-mountable, full rack width, and 2RU in height Section G Portable Control Panel Product Warranty: Portable Control Panel Minimum 1 Year with labour and parts Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 48 of 77

163 Technical Requirements: 1. General Requirement 1.1. Screen size: no less than 7.9 inch (diagonal) 1.2. Multi-touch should be supported 1.3. Resolution: no less than 2048 x Pixel per inch: no less than 326 pixels 1.5. Able to support All-in-one 4K video matrix and control processor for control purposes as described in Section F of this tender specifications Section H Wall Installed Touch Control Panel Product Warranty: Wall Installed Touch Control Panel Minimum 1 Year with labour and parts Technical Requirements: 1. General Requirement 1.1. Provide an LCD colour touchscreen (Wall Mounted) that supports up to 256k colours and minimum 800 x 480 resolution. Minimum screen size: Device shall support central control processor specified in this tender Provide built-in speakers located in the bottom left and right corners of the touch panel which can be configured to provide button feedback Device shall have a female RJ-45 jack located on the back of the enclosure that supports 10/100Base-T, half/full duplex with auto-detect for connection to a LAN or WAN and includes link and activity LED indicators located on the left and right of the jack for troubleshooting network issues as well as supports PoE- Power over Ethernet, 802.3af Device shall support the following protocols: DHCP, DNS, HTTP, HTTPS, ICMP, SFTP, SMTP, SSH, TCP/IP, UDP/IP Provide integrated and configurable red/green led status lights located on the upper left and right corners of the touch panel Provide a built-in configurable motion sensor located below the centre of the touch surface allowing the panel to be woken from a sleep state or configured via software to trigger any number of actions Provide a light sensor located on the top bezel of the touch panels that automatically adjusts the LCD screen s backlight based on available ambient light Provide a front panel network status LED that blinks red if the touch panel loses network connectivity with the control processor Device shall have a menu button located on the back of the touch panel for setup of items such as IP address and sound volume at minimum Device shall have the following memory available, at minimum: SDRAM: 512MB Flash: 512MB Device shall have an optional 12-volt captive screw connection located on the back of the panel should PoE not be available Device shall include a multi-function button that allows for the reset of the device or its communication properties at minimum Device shall have the ability to controlled by an Apple ipad as a secondary point of control Device shall be black in colour 2. Mounting Requirement Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 49 of 77

164 Technical Requirements: 2.1. Device shall have the ability to be mounted directly in a wall, lectern, or other flat surface and shall be able to be secured using the built-in four locking arms located on the top and bottom of the panel respectively or by using an optional back box 2.2. Device shall have the ability to be mounted to the surface of a wall using an optional wall box 2.3. Device shall have the ability to be mounted to a glass surface using an optional glass mounting kit 2.4. Device shall have the ability to be mounted into a rack using an optional rack mount kit 3. Software Requirement 3.1. User interface shall be created using GUI-based designer software 3.2. Touch panel may be configured using the GUI-based designer software 4. Regulatory Compliance 4.1. CE 4.2. UL 4.3. c-ul 4.4. C-tick 4.5. FCC Class A 4.6. ICES 4.7. VCCI 4.8. RoHS 4.9. WEEE 5. Regulatory Compliance 5.1. Shall provide at least 1 years parts and labour 5.2. Shall provide 1-year touchscreen and overlay components 5.3. The clamps shall be permanently affixed to the enclosure body 5.4. The clamps shall utilize a lever-and-cam mechanism The clamps shall secure the enclosure to the furniture without the need for tools or additional parts The clamps shall allow for removal of the enclosure from the furniture without the need for specialized tools 6. An Internet-accessible application for enclosure configuration and visualization shall be available 6.1. Application shall provide for selection of the enclosure, AC power modules, AV cables, AV connectivity plates, and cable retraction modules 6.2. Application shall provide accurate depiction of power and connectivity selections Application shall provide a method of saving a representation of the configured enclosure and corresponding bill of materials Application shall provide market-specific pricing of the configured enclosure for budgetary purposes Section I - Lighting Control Interface Product Warranty: Lighting Control Interface Minimum 1 Year with labour and parts Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 50 of 77

165 Technical Requirements: 1. Standard 1.1. California Energy Commission (CEC) Listed 2. Power 2.1. IEC PELV/NEC Class Operating Voltage: 12 V 125 ma 24 V 65 ma 3. Environment to 104 F (0 to 40 C) Relative humidity less than 90% non-condensing 4. Basic Command Set 4.1. Monitoring: Scene selection and scene status updates 4.2. Control: Scene selection, scene lockout, sequencing, zone lockout, zone raise/lower. 5 Astronomic Timeclock 5.1 Allows lighting changes to occur automatically based on time of day and/or day of week/month, as well as relative to sunrise and sunset 5.2 Supports four schedules with 60 lighting events per schedule and one Super Sequence 5.3 Allows user to start, pause, and stop schedules from a PC or a Workstation Provides commands to set and monitor the timeclock s time, date, and day of week, and report sunrise and sunset If a loss of power occurs, the programmed schedules and the time of day will be retained for a minimum of 10 years Section J Wireless Sharing system for BYOD, Mac and Laptop Product Warranty Wireless Sharing system for BYOD, Mac and Laptop Minimum 1 Year labour and parts Technical Requirements: 1. Functional Should provide a wireless connection for personal devices to enable BYOD content presentation on a shared display or displays Support Wireless content sharing from Microsoft Windows and OS X computers as well as Apple and Android smartphones, and tablets Support operation systems up to Windows 7/8/10, Mac OS X ( ), Apple ios 7.0 or later, Android TM 4.0 or later 1.4 Support Airplay by Apple 2. Digital video output requirements 2.1. Should provide one (1) HDMI Type A connector for digital video signals with embedded audio 2.2. Should support 720p, 1080i, and 1080p resolutions 3. Analog video output requirements Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 51 of 77

166 Technical Requirements: 3.1. Should provide one (1) 15-pin HD connector for analog video signals 3.2. Should support output resolutions: UXGA(1600x1200), WXGA+(1440x900), WXGA (1360x768, 1280x768, 1280x800), XGA(1024x768), and SVGA(800x600) 4. Audio output requirements 4.1. Should support embedded audio on HDMI output connector 4.2. Should provide one (1) 3.5 mm stereo audio mini jack for analog stereo audio signals 5. Peripheral interconnection requirements 5.1. Should provide three USB connections for peripheral support, content playback from a USB mass storage device, and to enable simple annotation capabilities with interactive whiteboards and other such devices 5.2. Should have three (3) USB connectors on the front/back panel 6. Network interconnection requirements 6.1. Should provide a Gigabit Ethernet connection to support a high-speed data link to networks and other network resources 6.2. Should provide SNMP support to allow remote health monitoring of network-attached devices 6.3. Should provide network control of image playback for visual alerts or administrative announcements 7. Control requirements 7.1. Should support remote access via a web browser for setup and configuration Should provide a collaboration mode that enables any attendee to display content from a personal device and control the presentation Should provide a moderator mode for single-point control to ensure only approved content is displayed Should support use of security codes to authenticate users and prevent unintentional display of content within adjacent spaces: Randomly generated authentication codes User-defined authentication codes Should support USB HID devices, such as a keyboard, mouse, or touch panel, for control via the OSD menu: Playback from a USB flash drive Use the display as a whiteboard Resize the screen Calibrate touch point coordinates 8. Functional requirements Should provide screen display of content from a single personal device or simultaneous display of multiple devices into four windows on a single display Should enable presentation of content from an Apple ios or Android smartphone or tablet via a wireless network connection MirrorOp app Should enable presentation of content from a Windows or Apple OS X computer via a wireless or wired network connection Should provide content sharing from a Windows or Apple OS X computer to as many as four units on the network, supporting up to four display devices Should enable the presentation of Word, Excel, PowerPoint, PDF, and still images from any supported device 8.6. Should provide full motion playback of video and audio from Windows or OS X computers 8.7. Should support full motion playback of video and audio from a USB mass storage device Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 52 of 77

167 Technical Requirements: Should provide an on-screen display OSD menu for content presentation from a USB mass storage device Should provide WebShare technology to enable attendees to view slide images on personal devices via a wireless connection and a Web browser 9. Power requirements 9.1. Should provide connection for 5 VDC power on one coaxial connector 9.2. Should be equipped with an external, universal AC power supply capable of supporting VAC, 50/60 Hz power 9.3. Should be PoE IEEE 802.3at, class 20 (type I), Power over Ethernet compliant 10. General requirements Should support the use of HDMI to DVI-D cables or adapters for DVI-D signals Should provide an LED indicator on the front panel for visual indication of power Should have a 1 (2.5 cm) high, three-eighths rack width metal enclosure Should have two (2) front-mounted antennas that pivot Should be rack mountable with optional rack shelf Should be furniture or wall mountable with optional mounting kits Should meet regulatory compliance: CE, c-ul, UL UL Listed for use in plenum air handling spaces: UL 2043 for heat and smoke release CE, C-tick, FCC Class A, ICES, VCCI Appropriate requirements of RoHS, WEEE Section K- Speaker Product Warranty: Speaker Minimum 1 Year with labour and parts Technical Requirements: 1 Functional It shall be a full-range loudspeaker with a single 2.25 (57mm) full-range driver in a ported enclosure designed for surface mounting in background music and paging applications It should Mounting hardware allows for horizontal and vertical orientation with adjustable pitch or yaw It should be integrated multi-tap transformer with innovative thumb wheel adjustment for easy-tochange tap settings from under front end cap It should support a suite of accessories, including wall-mount bracket, ceiling-mount bracket, pole-mount bracket and junction boxes 2. Technical Specification 2.1 Frequency Response (+/-3 db) should between 95 Hz 17kHz 2.2 Frequency Range (-10 db) should between 80 Hz - 19 khz 2.3 Nominal Impedance should be greater than 8 Ω (transformer bypassed) 3 Dimension Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 53 of 77

168 Technical Requirements: 3.1 Should not greater than: Height: 124 mm Width: 250 mm Depth: 117 mm Net Weight: 1.8kg Section L Audio DSP Product Warranty: Audio DSP Minimum 1 Year with labour and parts AVB Support Configurable Server Technical Specifications Requirement 1. General 1.1. Shall support AVB digital audio and control networking 1.2. Shall support 420 x 420 AVB channel card, up to 32 x 32 channels 1.3. Shall support Audio Video Bridging up to 128 x 128 channels 1.4. Shall include 4 channels of General Purpose Input and Output Connecdtion (GPIO) 1.5. Shall include a Universal Serial Bus 1.6. Support Acoustic Echo Cancellation (AEC) with programmable software 1.7. Shall provide 5 years warranty 1.8. Shall be rack mountable Section M Audio Amplifier Product Warranty: Audio Amplifier Minimum 3 Year with labour and parts Technical Requirements: 1. Input: Output: It should support at least two (2) balanced or unbalanced on 3.5 mm, 3-pole captive screw connectors 2.1 It should support speaker output with screw-lock, 5 mm, 2-pole captive screw connectors 2.2 Should provide at least 2 x volts 3 Technical Specification The item should be an ENERGY STAR qualified amplifier and energy efficient product that conserves energy and reduces costs. It shall deliver professional grade performance with 100 db signal-to-noise ratio and 0.1% THD+N. It should a fanless operation amplifier, does not require internal fans or vents for cooling, ensuring quiet, reliable operation. It should allow same series multi amplifiers to be powered on simultaneously without overloading power circuits. It should with the capability to deliver full-sized amplifier power in one half the size of many comparable power amplifiers, the item should reduce rack space requirements for many installations. It should universal power supply and provides worldwide power compatibility with high demonstrated reliability Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 54 of 77

169 Technical Requirements: 3.7 Should meet regulatory compliance: BSMI, CCC, CE, c-ul, GS, KC, PSE, S-Mark, UL Meets UL 60065, IEC 60065, and BSEN for AV equipment CE, CISPR 22 Class B, CISPR 24, C-tick, EN , EN , FCC Class B, ICES, KCC, VCCI Class B Appropriate requirements of RoHS, WEEE 4. Dimension 4.1 Should not greater than, Height: 4.3 cm Width: 44.2 cm Depth: 30.5 cm Net Weight: 4.2 kg Section N Handheld Microphone bundle with charging station Product Warranty: Handheld Microphone Minimum 1 Year with labour and parts Technical Requirements: 1. General Requirement: 1.1 It should automatic frequency Scanning 1.2 It should allow 10 compatible user-switchable channels in one of two UHF frequency ranges Should provide balanced XLR and unbalanced 1/4 output jacks enable use with a wide variety of audio gear The item should be an ENERGY STAR qualified amplifier and energy efficient product that conserves energy and reduces costs. It shall deliver professional grade performance with 100 db signal-to-noise ratio and 0.1% THD+N. It should a fanless operation amplifier, does not require internal fans or vents for cooling, ensuring quiet, reliable operation. It should allow same series multi amplifiers to be powered on simultaneously without overloading power circuits. It should capability to deliver full-sized amplifier power in one half the size of many comparable power amplifiers, the item should reduce rack space requirements for many installations. It should universal power supply and provides worldwide power compatibility with high demonstrated reliability Should meet regulatory compliance: BSMI, CCC, CE, c-ul, GS, KC, PSE, S-Mark, UL Meets UL 60065, IEC 60065, and BSEN for AV equipment CE, CISPR 22 Class B, CISPR 24, C-tick, EN , EN , FCC Class B, ICES, KCC, VCCI Class B Appropriate requirements of RoHS, WEEE Section O Clip Microphone Product Warranty: Clip Microphone Minimum 1 Year with labour and parts Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 55 of 77

170 Clip Microphone Technical Specifications Requirement 1 General 1.1 Polar Pattern is Omnidirectional 1.2 Frequency Response between 20-18,000 Hz 1.3 Impedance 1800 ohms 1.4 Low Frequency Roll Off 80Hz, 12db, octave 1.5 Phantom Power Requirements 11-52V DC, 2mA 1.6 Battery Type 1.5V AA 1.7 Battery Life 2.0mA / 1200hours 1.8 Weight Microphone 7.7g Power Module 81.2g 1.9 Cable at least 1.8m long Section P 4K TV Set-Top-Box Product Warranty: 4K TV Set-Top-Box Minimum 1 Year with labour and parts Technical Requirements: 1. General Requirement: 1.1 It should built-in Wi-Fi module and supports 2.4G/5G B/G/N/AC connection mode 1.2 Have SD and Micro USB Slots to allow to play media from SD card or other attached storage 1.3 It should built-in browser to allow the user to connect the set-top-box to the internet to browse and search programmes 1.4 It should allow to install the apps from the apps store 1.5 It should built-in with 1000GB Hard Disk Drive 1.6 It should have power saving mode for energy saving. 1.7 It should support MPEG 2, MPEG 4 AVC/H.264 and HEVC/H.265 video decoding formats 1.8 It should support Dolby Digital and PCM audio. Includes downmixing for Stereo systems 1.9 It should support output TV formats, 4K (3840x2160) 24/25/50/60Hz 1080p 50/60Hz 1080i 50/60Hz 720p 50/60Hz 576p 50Hz 480p 60Hz 2. Rear Connection: 2.1 It should have at least one (1) antenna input and one (1) antenna loop-through 2.2 It should have at least one (1) HDMI output with embedded audio and it must support HDMI 2.0, HDCP Dimension 3.1 Should not greater than, Height: 56mm Width: 220mm Depth: 220mm Net Weight: 1.2 kg Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 56 of 77

171 Meeting Room 1 & 2: Section A Interactive UHD Whiteboard Product Warranty: Interactive UHD Whiteboard Minimum 1 Year with labour and parts Specifications Requirement 1. General 1.1. A 65 interactive whiteboard with 4K displays 1.2. Natively support whiteboard mode, with collaboration and content sharing capability over cloud services 1.3. Support 4K display mode, which is independent of the whiteboard mode 1.4. Two people can write independently and simultaneously, using different coloured ink pen Technical Requirements: 1. Functional 1.1. Available to collaborate with mobile devices by Bluetooth 4.0 dual mode (backwards compatible with Bluetooth EDR) 1.2. Built-in with touch and display function 1.3. Built-in with digital save whether in the display or client side 1.4. Support real-time sharing to any device or digital whiteboard via Internet Connection 1.5. Real-time contribution with all remote participants by Bluetooth or Internet 1.6. Re-open whiteboard files in next meetings should be supported 1.7. The Live sharing features should be user initiates 1.8. Auto Power off when the whiteboard waits before detecting motion again 1.9. Should include at least two (2) ink color pen 2. Display 2.1. Aspect Ratio should be 16: Screen size: not less than Optimal resolution should be 3840x2160 at 60Hz (DP) 2.4. Horizontal frequency should be at least 122 to 140 khz (analog and Digital) 2.5. Vertical frequency should be at least 47 to 63Hz 2.6. Typical contrast ratio should be 5000: Typical brightness should be at least 360 cd/m Pixel pitch should be at least 0.429mm 2.9. Gamut should be at least 72% of NTSC Viewing angle should be at least Response should less than 8ms 3. Touch Technology 3.1. Touch technology should be Silk touch technology 3.2. Should be friction-free touch interaction with the panel 3.3. Digital capturing is using DVIT (Digital Vision Touch) Technology Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 57 of 77

172 Technical Requirements: 3.4. Should be automatically adjusts depending on the tool or object being used, whether it s a pen, finger, eraser or palm Should have presence detection sensor on the bottom frame 4. Audio 4.1. Should have at least two (2) x 10W integrated side-firing speakers 4.2. Noise level should at least 35dBA 5. Sharing Support the following mobile devices: ios 9 or later operating system software iphone 4S or later 3 rd generation ipad or later 1 st generation ipad mini or later 5 th generation ipod or later Android (KitKat) or later operating system Support the following mobile device browsers: Chrome for Android or later Safari for ios 9 or later operating system Support the following desktop browsers: Safari 8.0 or later Chrome or later Firefox or later Internet Explorer 10 or later 5.4. Wireless technology is using Bluetooth 4.0 Dual mode 5.5. Wireless Bluetooth technology should backwards compatible with Bluetooth EDR Bluetooth connections can be initiated by the following method: Scanning Quick Response (QR) code Manually typing unique board ID The Live sharing URL should be expired after the session is ended by the connected mobile device The Live sharing URL should be shared with others using the user s choice of sharing services installed on mobile devices 5.9. The Live sharing URL should be secured by HTTPS Support saving content as JPEG or PDF snapshots on the mobile devices 6. Security 6.1. An additional layer of AES 128-bit encryption should be used over the Bluetooth connection 6.2. Should have an indicator light to indicate the devices is connected to the devices 6.3. Should only one mobile devices connect to the board via Bluetooth at a time 6.4. Using industry-leading RSA and Elliptic Curve cryptography 6.5. No content was stored in the Internet memory once the content was erased on the surface area 6.6. The capturing board should be not connecting to any network and Internet 7. Connectivity & Physical Dimensions 7.1. Should have at least three (3) x USB (at least two (2) x USB 3.0) 7.2. Should have at least two (2) x HDMI 1.4 Input 7.3. Should have at least one (1) x HDMI 1.4 out with HDCP encrypted 7.4. Should have at least one (1) x Stereo 3.5mm Audio Output Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 58 of 77

173 Technical Requirements: 7.5. Should have at least one (1) x RS-232 Input 7.6. Should have at least one (1) x USB 2.0 Type A 7.7. Should have at least one (1) x RJ Should have at least one (1) x DisplayPort Input The dimension including pallet should not exceed the following: Width: 142.8cm 7.9. Height: 97.8cm Depth: 12cm Weight: 60.9kg (134lb) Should be Standard VESA 300mm x 400mm compatible Should meet regulatory compliance: UL (US/Canada), FCC, IC, CE Mark, RCM Mark Section B AV Input Faceplate Product Warranty: AV Input Faceplate Minimum 1 Year with labour and parts AV Input Faceplate Technical Specifications Requirement 1. Input 1.1 All Digital input have with HDCP and at least below, HDMI x1 VGA x1 Display Port x1 Section C HDMI Extender Receiver Side Product Warranty: HDMI Extender Receiver Side Minimum 1 Year with labour and parts Technical Specifications Requirement 1. HDMI Extender Transceiver Technical Specification Requirement 1.1. Rack-mountable receiver for HDMI, audio, and control 2. Video output requirements 2.1. Provide one (1) video output for digital video signals Supported HDMI specifications include data rates up to 10.2 Gbps, Deep Colour up to 12- bit, 3D, HD lossless audio formats, and CEC pass-through 3. Audio output requirements 3.1. Support embedded digital audio on HDMI output 3.2. Provide a dedicated analog audio output connection One (1) stereo analog audio 4. Control output requirements 4.1. Provide communication connections for AV device control One bidirectional RS-232 pass-through One bidirectional IR pass-through 5. Interconnection requirements Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 59 of 77

174 Technical Specifications Requirement 5.1. Support interconnection between receiver and transmitter all matrix and HDMI extender as specified in this tender One RJ-45 twisted pair connection 6. Transmission requirements Provide signal transmission distance capability of 330 feet (100 m) at 1920x1200, including 60 Hz and 2K using a shielded CATx cable Support signal transmission distance capability of 30 Hz, UHD, and 2560x1600 up to 130 feet (40 m) using a shielded CATx cable 6.3. Support video, audio, and control over a single shielded CATx cable 6.4. Support embedded HD lossless audio formats 6.5. Actively buffer DDC channels 7. Resolution requirements 7.1. Support computer and video resolutions up to 4K, including 1080p/60 Deep Colour 7.2. Support RGB and YCbCr digital video formats 8. Audio requirements 8.1. The unit shall support analog stereo audio pass-through signals 8.2. The unit shall support multiple embedded audio formats 8.3. The unit shall support embedded HD lossless audio formats 9. HDCP requirements 9.1. The unit shall be HDCP compliant 10. Communication requirements The unit shall support bidirectional RS-232 communication pass-through up to baud The unit shall support bidirectional IR pass-through The unit shall support EDID and HDCP transmission 11. Power requirements The unit shall support remote power capability The unit shall support being locally powered 12. General requirements The unit shall be HDCP 2.2 compliant with backward compatibility with earlier HDCP versions The unit shall be compatible with CATx shielded twisted pair cable The unit shall support HDMI specifications including data rates up to 10.2 Gbps, Deep Colour, 3D, HD lossless audio formats, and CEC pass-through The unit shall support being locally or remotely powered The unit shall support embedded HD lossless audio formats The unit shall support the use of HDMI to DVI-D cables or adapters for DVI-D The unit shall have a low-profile enclosure and versatile mounting capability Shall provide visual indication for signal presence and power shall meet regulatory compliances CE, c-ul, UL CE, C-tick, FCC Class A, ICES, VCCI Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 60 of 77

175 Section D HDMI Extender Transmitter Side Product Warranty: HDMI Extender - Transceiver Minimum 1 Year with labour and parts Technical Specifications Requirement 1. HDMI Extender Transceiver Technical Specification Requirement 1.1. Rack-mountable transmitter for the transmission of HDMI, audio, and control 2. Video input requirements 2.1. Provide one (1) video input for digital video signals Supported HDMI specifications include data rates up to 10.2 Gbps, Deep Colour up to 12- bit, 3D, HD lossless audio formats, and CEC pass-through 3. Audio input requirements 3.1. Support embedded digital audio on HDMI input 3.2. Provide a dedicated analog audio input connection One (1) stereo analog audio 4. Control input requirements 4.1. Provide communication connections for AV device control One bidirectional RS-232 pass-through One bidirectional IR pass-through 5. Interconnection requirements 5.1. Support interconnection between receiver and transmitter all matrix and HDMI extender as specified in this tender One RJ-45 twisted pair connection 6. Transmission requirements Provide signal transmission distance capability of 230 feet (70 m) at 1920x1200, including 60 Hz and 2K using a shielded CATx cable Support signal transmission distance capability of 30 Hz, UHD, and 2560x1600 up to 130 feet (40 m) using a shielded CATx cable 6.3. Support video, audio, and control over a single shielded CATx cable 6.4. Support embedded HD lossless audio formats 6.5. Actively buffer DDC channels 7. Resolution requirements 7.1. Support computer and video resolutions up to 4K, including 1080p/60 Deep Colour 7.2. Support RGB and YCbCr digital video formats 8. Audio requirements 8.1. The unit shall accept additional analog stereo audio signals for simultaneous transmission with HDMI embedded audio 8.2. The unit shall support multiple embedded audio formats 8.3. The unit shall support embedded HD lossless audio formats 9. HDCP requirements 9.1. The unit shall be HDCP compliant 10. Communication requirements The unit shall support bidirectional RS-232 communication pass-through up to baud The unit shall support bidirectional IR pass-through Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 61 of 77

176 Technical Specifications Requirement The unit shall support EDID and HDCP transmission 11. Power requirements The unit shall support remote power capability The unit shall support being locally powered 12. General requirements The unit shall be HDCP compliant The unit shall support HDMI specifications including data rates up to 10.2 Gbps, Deep Colour, 3D, HD lossless audio formats, and CEC pass-through The unit shall support being locally or remotely powered The unit shall support embedded HD lossless audio formats The unit shall support the use of HDMI to DVI-D cables or adapters for DVI-D The unit shall have a low-profile enclosure and versatile mounting capability Shall provide visual indication for signal presence and power Shall meet regulatory compliances CE, c-ul, UL CE, C-tick, FCC Class A, ICES, VCCI Shall provide at least 1 year parts and labour warranty Section E Speaker Product Warranty: 4K Multi-Input Switcher - Transmitter Minimum 1 Year with labour and parts Technical Requirements: 1. Functional It shall be a full-range loudspeaker with a single 2.25 (57mm) full-range driver in a ported enclosure designed for surface mounting in background music and paging applications It should Mounting hardware allows for horizontal and vertical orientation with adjustable pitch or yaw It should be integrated multi-tap transformer with innovative thumb wheel adjustment for easy-tochange tap settings from under front end cap It should support a suite of accessories, including wall-mount bracket, ceiling-mount bracket, pole-mount bracket and junction boxes 2. Technical Specification 2.1 Frequency Response (+/-3 db) should between 95 Hz 17kHz 2.2 Frequency Range (-10 db) should between 80 Hz - 19 khz 2.3 Nominal Impedance should be greater than 8 Ω (transformer bypassed) 3. Dimension 3.1 Should not greater than: Height: 124 mm Width: 250 mm Depth: 117 mm Net Weight: 1.8kg Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 62 of 77

177 Section F Display Trolley Product Warranty: Display Trolley Minimum 1 Year with labour and parts Configuration Requirements: 1. General 1.1. Continuous vertical adjustment for perfect viewing height 1.2. Incremental tilt: at least -2 degree, 0 degree and +5 degree locks in the ideal viewing angle 1.3. Internal cable management for clean, clutter free look 1.4. Manoeuvres easily on 4 (102mm) swivel caters, two locking 1.5. At least 1 metal shelf should be included Technical Requirements: 1. Specifications 1.1. Supported screen size: Between 32 to Mounting pattern: from 200mm x 200mm to 600mm x 400mm 1.3. Weight Capability: at least 68 kg 1.4. Tilt: at least -5 degree 1.5. Swivel: 360 degree 1.6. Certifications: UL 1.7. Dimension: not larger than (W)864 x (H) 1520 x (D)697mm 1.8. Product weight: not heavier than 30kg Section G Wireless Sharing system for BYOD, Mac and Laptop Product: Warranty: Wireless Sharing for system BYOD, Mac and Laptop Minimum 1 Year labour and parts Technical Requirements: 1. Functional Should provide a wireless connection for personal devices to enable BYOD content presentation on a shared display or displays Support Wireless content sharing from Microsoft Windows and OS X computers as well as Apple and Android smartphones, and tablets Support operation systems up to Windows 7/8/10, Mac OS X ( ), Apple ios 7.0 or later, Android 4.0 or later 1.4 Support Airplay by Apple 2. Digital video output requirements 2.1 Should provide one (1) HDMI Type A connector for digital video signals with embedded audio 2.2 Should support 720p, 1080i, and 1080p resolutions 3. Analog video output requirements 3.1 Should provide one (1) 15-pin HD connector for analog video signals Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 63 of 77

178 Technical Requirements: 3.2 Should support output resolutions: UXGA(1600x1200), WXGA+(1440x900), WXGA(1360x768, 1280x768, 1280x800), XGA(1024x768), and SVGA(800x600) 4. Audio output requirements 4.1 Should support embedded audio on HDMI output connector 4.2 Should provide one (1) 3.5 mm stereo audio mini jack for analog stereo audio signals 5. Peripheral interconnection requirements 5.1 Should provide three USB connections for peripheral support, content playback from a USB mass storage device, and to enable simple annotation capabilities with interactive whiteboards and other such devices 5.2 Should have three (3) USB connectors on the front/back panel 6. Network interconnection requirements 6.1 Should provide a Gigabit Ethernet connection to support a high-speed data link to networks and other network resources 6.2 Should provide SNMP support to allow remote health monitoring of network-attached devices 6.3 Should provide network control of image playback for visual alerts or administrative announcements 7. Control requirements 7.1 Should support remote access via a web browser for setup and configuration Should provide a collaboration mode that enables any attendee to display content from a personal device and control the presentation Should provide a moderator mode for single-point control to ensure only approved content is displayed Should support use of security codes to authenticate users and prevent unintentional display of content within adjacent spaces: Randomly generated authentication codes User-defined authentication codes Should support USB HID devices, such as a keyboard, mouse, or touch panel, for control via the OSD menu: Playback from a USB flash drive Use the display as a whiteboard Resize the screen Calibrate touch point coordinates 8. Functional requirements Should provide screen display of content from a single personal device or simultaneous display of multiple devices into four windows on a single display Should enable presentation of content from an Apple ios or Android smartphone or tablet via a wireless network connection MirrorOp app Should enable presentation of content from a Windows or Apple OS X computer via a wireless or wired network connection Should provide content sharing from a Windows or Apple OS X computer to as many as four units on the network, supporting up to four display devices Should enable the presentation of Word, Excel, PowerPoint, PDF, and still images from any supported device 8.6 Should provide full motion playback of video and audio from Windows or OS X computers 8.7 Should support full motion playback of video and audio from a USB mass storage device 8.8 Should provide an on-screen display OSD menu for content presentation from a USB mass storage device Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 64 of 77

179 Technical Requirements: 8.9 Should provide WebShare technology to enable attendees to view slide images on personal devices via a wireless connection and a Web browser 9. Power requirements 9.1 Should provide connection for 5 VDC power on one coaxial connector 9.2 Should be equipped with an external, universal AC power supply capable of supporting VAC, 50/60 Hz power 9.3 Should be PoE IEEE 802.3at, class 20 (type I), Power over Ethernet compliant 10. General requirements 10.1 Should support the use of HDMI to DVI-D cables or adapters for DVI-D signals 10.2 Should provide an LED indicator on the front panel for visual indication of power 10.3 Should have a 1 (2.5 cm) high, three-eighths rack width metal enclosure 10.4 Should have two (2) front-mounted antennas that pivot 10.5 Should be rack mountable with optional rack shelf 10.6 Should be furniture or wall mountable with optional mounting kits 10.7 Should meet regulatory compliance: CE, c-ul, UL UL Listed for use in plenum air handling spaces: UL 2043 for heat and smoke release CE, C-tick, FCC Class A, ICES, VCCI Appropriate requirements of RoHS, WEEE Live Streaming Systems for Cyberport Function Room Cyberport Function Room will be hosting different types of events from time to time and a live video streaming system has to be implemented to broadcast live events happening in Function Room to the AV system in this tender. The following video streaming equipment is already deployed in Cyberport main campus and they will have to be integrated with the new equipment as specified in this tender specification: Haivision MB6 Makito X / Makito / Barracuda / Torpedo2 6 Slot Chassis 2 units Haivision B-292E-DVI : Makito DVI Encoder Blade 10 units Tenderers should make sure any proposed equipment, integration work, re-configuration related to above equipment cannot breech any existing licensing agreement & maintenance contract. Section A HDMI Extender Receiver Side Product Warranty: HDMI Extender Receiver Side Minimum 1 Year with labour and parts Technical Specifications Requirement 1. HDMI Extender Receiver 1.1. Rack-mountable receiver for HDMI, audio, and control 2. Video output requirements 2.1. Provide one (1) video output for digital video signals Supported HDMI specifications include data rates up to 10.2 Gbps, Deep Colour up to 12- bit, 3D, HD lossless audio formats, and CEC pass-through 3. Audio output requirements Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 65 of 77

180 Technical Specifications Requirement 3.1. Support embedded digital audio on HDMI output 3.2. Provide a dedicated analog audio output connection One (1) stereo analog audio 4. Control output requirements 4.1. Provide communication connections for AV device control One bidirectional RS-232 pass-through One bidirectional IR pass-through 5. Interconnection requirements 5.1. Support interconnection between receiver and transmitter all matrix and HDMI extender as specified in this tender One RJ-45 twisted pair connection 6. Transmission requirements Provide signal transmission distance capability of 330 feet (100 m) at 1920x1200, including 60 Hz and 2K using a shielded CATx cable Support signal transmission distance capability of 30 Hz, UHD, and 2560x1600 up to 130 feet (40 m) using a shielded CATx cable 6.3. Support video, audio, and control over a single shielded CATx cable 6.4. Support embedded HD lossless audio formats 6.5. Actively buffer DDC channels 7. Resolution requirements 7.1. Support computer and video resolutions up to 4K, including 1080p/60 Deep Colour 7.2. Support RGB and YCbCr digital video formats 8. Audio requirements 8.1. The unit shall support analog stereo audio pass-through signals 8.2. The unit shall support multiple embedded audio formats 8.3. The unit shall support embedded HD lossless audio formats 9. HDCP requirements 9.1. The unit shall be HDCP compliant 10. Communication requirements The unit shall support bidirectional RS-232 communication pass-through up to baud The unit shall support bidirectional IR pass-through The unit shall support EDID and HDCP transmission 11. Power requirements The unit shall support remote power capability The unit shall support being locally powered 12. General requirements The unit shall be HDCP 2.2 compliant with backward compatibility with earlier HDCP versions The unit shall be compatible with CATx shielded twisted pair cable The unit shall support HDMI specifications including data rates up to 10.2 Gbps, Deep Colour, 3D, HD lossless audio formats, and CEC pass-through The unit shall support being locally or remotely powered The unit shall support embedded HD lossless audio formats Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 66 of 77

181 Technical Specifications Requirement The unit shall support the use of HDMI to DVI-D cables or adapters for DVI-D The unit shall have a low-profile enclosure and versatile mounting capability Shall provide visual indication for signal presence and power shall meet regulatory compliances CE, c-ul, UL CE, C-tick, FCC Class A, ICES, VCCI Section B HDMI Extender Transmitter Side Product Warranty: HDMI Extender - Transceiver Minimum 1 Year with labour and parts Technical Specifications Requirement 1. HDMI Extender Transceiver Technical Specification Requirement 1.1. Rack-mountable transmitter for the transmission of HDMI, audio, and control 2. Video input requirements 2.1. Provide one (1) video input for digital video signals Supported HDMI specifications include data rates up to 10.2 Gbps, Deep Colour up to 12- bit, 3D, HD lossless audio formats, and CEC pass-through 3. Audio input requirements 3.1. Support embedded digital audio on HDMI input 3.2. Provide a dedicated analog audio input connection One (1) stereo analog audio 4. Control input requirements 4.1. Provide communication connections for AV device control One bidirectional RS-232 pass-through One bidirectional IR pass-through 5. Interconnection requirements 5.1. Support interconnection between receiver and transmitter all matrix and HDMI extender as specified in this tender One RJ-45 twisted pair connection 6. Transmission requirements Provide signal transmission distance capability of 230 feet (70 m) at 1920x1200, including 60 Hz and 2K using a shielded CATx cable Support signal transmission distance capability of 30 Hz, UHD, and 2560x1600 up to 130 feet (40 m) using a shielded CATx cable 6.3. Support video, audio, and control over a single shielded CATx cable 6.4. Support embedded HD lossless audio formats 6.5. Actively buffer DDC channels 7. Resolution requirements 7.1. Support computer and video resolutions up to 4K, including 1080p/60 Deep Colour 7.2. Support RGB and YCbCr digital video formats 8. Audio requirements 8.1. The unit shall accept additional analog stereo audio signals for simultaneous transmission with HDMI embedded audio Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 67 of 77

182 Technical Specifications Requirement 8.2. The unit shall support multiple embedded audio formats 8.3. The unit shall support embedded HD lossless audio formats 9. HDCP requirements 9.1. The unit shall be HDCP compliant 10. Communication requirements The unit shall support bidirectional RS-232 communication pass-through up to baud The unit shall support bidirectional IR pass-through The unit shall support EDID and HDCP transmission 11. Power requirements The unit shall support remote power capability The unit shall support being locally powered 12. General requirements The unit shall be HDCP compliant The unit shall support HDMI specifications including data rates up to 10.2 Gbps, Deep Colour, 3D, HD lossless audio formats, and CEC pass-through The unit shall support being locally or remotely powered The unit shall support embedded HD lossless audio formats The unit shall support the use of HDMI to DVI-D cables or adapters for DVI-D The unit shall have a low-profile enclosure and versatile mounting capability Shall provide visual indication for signal presence and power Shall meet regulatory compliances CE, c-ul, UL CE, C-tick, FCC Class A, ICES, VCCI Shall provide at least 3 years parts and labour warranty Section C Video Encoder Product Warranty Video Encoder Minimum 1 year with labour and parts. Technical Requirements: 1. General 1.1. Should have 2 different input with optional fixed or removable storage, or within a high density 1RU or 4RU chassis. Also, it should have to design for live, interactive and bandwidth constrained applications. 2. Video Input Should support video inputs: Y, Pb, Pr / RGBHV component analog Y, Cb, Cr / DVI component digital Should support video input resolutions of up to 1080p at 50/60 Hz and computer resolutions up to 1920x1200 at 60 Hz. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 68 of 77

183 Technical Requirements: Should support the following video resolution: 1920x1080p 60/59.54/50/30/29.97/25/24/23.98Hz 1920x1080i 60/59.54/50Hz 720x480/576i 60/59.54/50Hz 720x480/576p 60/59.54/50Hz Interlaced shows in fields per second Should support the following computer resolution: 1400x Hz 1280x /60Hz 1280x768 85/75/60Hz 1024x768 85/75/60Hz 800x600 85/75/60Hz 640x480 85/75/60Hz 3. Audio Input and Output 3.1. Should be available through terminal block connector 3.2. Should support the following audio: 4. Video Encoding Balanced stereo analog audio Unbalanced stereo analog audio Audio talkback (Single Mono channel) 4.1. Should support H.264 (MPEG-4 AVC part 10) Main Profile encoding up to Level Should support I, IP framing with a configurable Group of Picture (GOP) size Should support video encoding bit rates from 150 kbps to 15 Mbps as a Variable bit rate (VBR) or Constant bit rate (CBR) stream Should support an encoding latency of less than 55ms Should support simultaneously streaming of up to 4 different quality (bit rate/resolution) renditions Should support simultaneously streaming up to 500 Mbps of unicast and multicast destinations. 5. Audio Encoding 5.1. Should support MPEG-2 AAC-LC ISO/IEC and MPEG-4 AAC-LC ISO/IEC audio encoding Should support audio encoding bit rates from 56 to 320 kbps per audio pair Should support a frequency response from 20 Hz to 22 khz. 6. Features 6.1. Should have built in downscaling 6.2. Should support SD de-interlacing 6.3. Should support EIA-608-B/NTSC Line 21 closed captioning and EIA-708-B/SDI closed captioning Should support streaming MPEG Transport Streams with Forward Error Correction (FEC) Should support streaming MPEG Transport Streams with AES encryption 128 and 256-bit Should support aspect ratio configuration, SD Active Format Description (SD AFD), and Wide Screen Signalling (WSS) Should support user-defined logo upload and logo overlay Should support user-defined still image upload and displaying it during selective mute. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 69 of 77

184 Technical Requirements: 6.9. Should support HDCP sink/unprotected content toggle and colour space conversion 6.10 Support the Open Standard Secure Reliable Transport SRT Protocol 7. Network Interface 7.1. Should support an Ethernet RJ-45 port capable of 10/100/1000 Base-T, auto-detect, and Half/Full-duplex Should support static or DHCP IP assignment Should provide an easy to use web management interface Should support management via SSH, Telnet, RS-232/Serial and SNMP v Should support the following Networking Protocols: Unicast streaming Multicast streaming (IGMP v3) Multiple unicast streaming MPEG transport stream over UDP/RTP Direct RTP H.264 over RTP (RFC 3984) RTMP Static IP/DHCP QuickTime RTSP RFC 3640 (Progressive resolution only) SAP (RFC 2974) 7.6. Should be JITC Certified: MISP Should be Common Criteria NDPP 1.1 Certified 8. Manageability and Copyright 8.1. The encoder should be manageable by the IPTV server software and allow the IPTV server to remotely make changes to the configurations 8.2. The encoder should NOT encode any video input with HDCP encryption Section D Video Decoder Product Warranty Video Decoder Minimum 1 year with labour and parts. Technical Requirements: 1. General 1.1 Should have 2 different output with optional fixed or removable storage, or within a high density 1RU or 4RU chassis. Also, it should have to design for live, interactive and bandwidth constrained applications. 2. Video Output Should support video outputs: HDMI 1.3 SD-SDI / SMPTE 259M-C HD-SDI / SMPTE 292M & 296M & 274M 3G-SDI / SMPTE 424M (Level A Only) & 425M Should support video input resolutions of up to 1080p at 50/60 Hz and computer resolutions up to 1920x1200 at 60 Hz. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 70 of 77

185 Technical Requirements: Should support the following video resolution: 1920x1080p 60/59.54/50/30/29.97/25/24/23.98Hz 1920x1080i 60/59.54/50Hz 720x480/576i 60/59.54/50Hz 720x480/576p 60/59.54/50Hz Interlaced shows in fields per second Should support the following computer resolution: 1400x Hz 1280x /60Hz 1280x768 85/75/60Hz 1024x768 85/75/60Hz 800x600 85/75/60Hz 640x480 85/75/60Hz 3. Audio Input and Output 3.1 Should be available through terminal block connector 3.2 Should support the following audio: 4. Video Encoding Balanced stereo analog audio Unbalanced stereo analog audio Audio talkback (Single Mono channel) 4.1 Should support H.264 (MPEG-4 AVC part 10) Main Profile encoding up to Level Should support I, IP framing with a configurable Group of Picture (GOP) size. 4.3 Should support video encoding bit rates from 150 kbps to 15 Mbps as a Variable bit rate (VBR) or Constant bit rate (CBR) stream. 4.4 Should support an encoding latency of less than 55ms. 4.5 Should support simultaneously streaming of up to 4 different quality (bit rate/resolution) renditions. 4.6 Should support simultaneously streaming up to 500 Mbps of unicast and multicast destinations. 4.7 Support the Open Standard Secure Reliable Transport SRT Protocol 5. Audio Encoding 5.1 Should support MPEG-2 AAC-LC ISO/IEC and MPEG-4 AAC-LC ISO/IEC audio encoding. 5.2 Should support audio encoding bit rates from 56 to 320 kbps per audio pair. 5.3 Should support a frequency response from 20 Hz to 22 khz. 6. Features 6.1 Should have built in downscaling 6.2 Should support SD de-interlacing 6.3 Should support EIA-608-B/NTSC Line 21 closed captioning and EIA-708-B/SDI closed captioning. 6.4 Should support streaming MPEG Transport Streams with Forward Error Correction (FEC). 6.5 Should support streaming MPEG Transport Streams with AES encryption 128 and 256-bit. 6.6 Should support aspect ratio configuration, SD Active Format Description (SD AFD), and Wide Screen Signalling (WSS). 6.7 Should support user-defined logo upload and logo overlay. 6.8 Should support user-defined still image upload and displaying it during selective mute. 6.9 Should support HDCP sink/unprotected content toggle and colour space conversion Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 71 of 77

186 Technical Requirements: 7. Network Interface 7.1 Should support an Ethernet RJ-45 port capable of 10/100/1000 Base-T, auto-detect, and Half/Full-duplex. 7.2 Should support static or DHCP IP assignment. 7.3 Should provide an easy to use web management interface. 7.4 Should support management via SSH, Telnet, RS-232/Serial and SNMP v Should support the following Networking Protocols: Unicast streaming Multicast streaming (IGMP v3) Multiple unicast streaming MPEG transport stream over UDP/RTP Direct RTP H.264 over RTP (RFC 3984) RTMP Static IP/DHCP QuickTime RTSP RFC 3640 (Progressive resolution only) SAP (RFC 2974) 7.6 Should be JITC Certified: MISP Should be Common Criteria NDPP 1.1 Certified 8. Manageability and Copyright 8.1 The encoder should be manageable by the IPTV server software and allow the IPTV server to remotely make changes to the configurations 8.2 The encoder should NOT encode any video input with HDCP encryption Professional Service Requirement Tenderer is required to provide the following professional service 1 Professional Services requirement 1.1 Provide installation and configuration services for all AV equipment as specified in this tender Below drawings must be included as part of the professional service scope Documentations Shop drawings for all AV installation Cabling & wiring diagram Detailed schematic diagram of the system Training guide Operation guide 1.4 Training & Skill Transfer 1.5 Any reconfiguration to the existing video streaming equipment must be carried out by certified engineers from the original manufacturer. Please include the certificates of at least 2 engineers as part of the tender submission Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 72 of 77

187 Technical Support Service Requirements Basic Components / Features Telephone, and Fax On-site Technical Support Technical Support Service Requirements 1) 8x5x4 technical support hotline shall be provided. 2) 8x5x4 and fax support 3) Upon receipt of telephone call / / fax from HKCMCL s staff or FM Operator or other parties designated by HKCMCL, engineer shall contact HKCMCL staff or FM Operator within 4 hours on the same day. 1) Whenever necessary, the Contractor shall provide on-site technical support. The scope of on-site technical service includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. If faults reported by HKCMCL s cannot be resolved remotely, field engineers will be sent on-site to verify and resolve the faults. b. The Contractor shall coordinate with the FM Operator or other parties designated by HKCMCL to resolve any technical issue identified in AV system. c. For faults which on-site support is necessary, it shall be provided on next business day. d. When the reported issue has been solved on site, the Contractor will provide a confirmation of completed service to customers to endorse for both Parties record. e. In all cases, the Contractor s engineer shall update the status of the trouble ticket in a timely manner and follow up with HKCMCL or other parties designated by HKCMCL. Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 73 of 77

188 Schedule of Rate Supply and install the following equipment / networking cabling and wireless network system including: Description Qty Unit Server Rack 4 sets Structure Cabling System 48 ports patch panel 8 sets 1U horizontal cable manager 16 sets CAT 6 Patch Cord 700 sets Fibre Cables OM3 (24 cores) 2 sets 24-Port Fibre Patch Panel 4 sets Fibre Patch Cord 30 sets Data port: Data ports for 33 office room 116 Voice ports for 33 office room 116 Data ports for Workstation 49 Data ports for Reception 2 Voice ports for Reception 2 Data ports for Staff Room 3 Voice ports for Staff Room 3 Data ports for Breakout Area 2 Voice ports for Breakout Area 2 Data ports for Meeting 1 & 2 4 Voice ports for Meeting 1 & 2 4 Data port for CCTV 11 Data port for Octopus Card Reader 6 2 data ports for in door Wireless Access Point x 11 = 22 Data port for Copier / Utility area 1 Voice port for Fax machine / Utility area 1 Total nos. of data ports 344 Network equipment WAN Router 2 sets Distribution Switches 2 sets 48 ports network switch with PoE+ 8 sets 7 x 24 x 4 hardware warranty 1 year Redundant power supply for network equipment 11 sets SFP+ 10GBASE-SR 10-Gigabit Ethernet Optics module 36 Nos SFP+ 10GBASE-SR 10-Gigabit Ethernet Optics 7 x 24 x 4 hardware warranty 36 Nos SFP+ 10GBASE-SR 40-Gigabit Ethernet Optics module 16 Nos SFP+ 10GBASE-SR 40-Gigabit Ethernet Optics 7 x 24 x 4 hardware warranty 16 Nos Installation services and 12-month onsite maintenance support services 1 job CCTV System IP Network Camera 11 sets Recording Software license for IP Network Camera 11 sets Recording system with storage 1 set Installation services and 12-month onsite maintenance support services 1 job Wireless Network System Wireless Access Controller 2 sets Wireless Access Point (support high density) 10 sets Wireless Access Point (support in-room) 34 sets Wireless Network Management Tool 2 sets Authentication, Authorization and Enforcement Policy Server 2 sets Installation services and 12-month onsite maintenance support services 1 job Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 74 of 77

189 Description Qty Unit AV Equipment Breakout Area Professional Display 2 sets AV Input Faceplate 2 sets HDMI Extender - Receiver Side 4 sets HDMI Extender - Transmitter Side 2 sets 4K Multi-Input Switcher 2 sets All-in-one 4K Video Matrix and Control Processor 1 set Portable Control Panel 1 set Wall Installed Control Panel 1 set Light Control Interface 1 set Wireless Sharing system for BYOD, Mac or Laptop 1 set Speaker 2 sets Audio DSP 1 set Audio Amplifier 1 set Handheld Mic bundle with charging station 4 sets Clip Mic 2 sets 4K TV Set-Top-Box 1 set Meeting Room 1 & 2 4K Display with Built-in Whiteboard 2 sets AV Input Faceplate 2 sets HDMI Extender - Receiver Side 2 sets HDMI Extender - Transmitter Side 2 sets Speaker 4 sets TV Trolley 2 sets Wireless Sharing system for BYOD, Mac or Laptop 2 sets Live Stream from Cyberport Function Room HDMI Extender - Receiver Side 1 set HDMI Extender - Transmitter Side 1 set Video Encoder 1 set Video Decoder 1 set Installation services and 12-month onsite maintenance support services 1 job Provide professional services to overall installation, configuration, system integration and testing & commissioning of the IT equipment and network to the satisfaction of the Employer. 1 sum Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 75 of 77

190 Appendix A Cyberport IT&T Network diagram Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 76 of 77

191 Appendix B Proposed Wireless Access Point (support high density) Tender Ref. T/2017/017 Page 77 of 77